《吉祥经》注疏显示巴利原文
5. Maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanā
安立与目的显示巴利原文
Nikkhepappayojanaṃ
现在,接下来要对置于《童子问》之后的《吉祥经》作义注。先说它在此处的安立目的,然后再作义注。目的如下:此经虽非世尊依此先后次第而说,然由皈依入于教法,复由学处、三十二行相及《童子问》显示了戒、定、慧的差别理趣——这一切皆为最上吉祥,是故诸希求吉祥者应当在此精勤修习;而其吉祥之义,则应依此经来理解。为了阐明此义,故而宣说此经。显示巴利原文
Idāni kumārapañhānantaraṃ nikkhittassa maṅgalasuttassa atthavaṇṇanākkamo anuppatto, tassa idha nikkhepappayojanaṃ vatvā atthavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma. Seyyathidaṃ – idañhi suttaṃ iminā anukkamena bhagavatā avuttampi yvāyaṃ saraṇagamanehi sāsanotāro, sikkhāpadadvattiṃsākārakumārapañhehi ca sīlasamādhipaññāppabhedanayo dassito, sabbopesa paramamaṅgalabhūto, yato maṅgalatthikena ettheva abhiyogo kātabbo, so cassa maṅgalabhāvo iminā suttānusārena veditabboti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.
这便是此经安立于此的目的。显示巴利原文
Idamassa idha nikkhepappayojanaṃ.
第一结集之说显示巴利原文
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā
为注释如此安立的这部经,先列出如下纲要——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ nikkhittassa panassa atthavaṇṇanatthaṃ ayaṃ mātikā –
说明由谁所说、于何时说、为何而说,宣说之后,方有此格式;
以种种方式解释“如是我闻”等文句的含义。
先说明其起因,再宣说什么、在何处是吉祥;
确定之后,便彰显它的吉祥特性。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, cetaṃ vatvā imaṃ vidhiṃ; Evamiccādipāṭhassa, atthaṃ nānappakārato. ‘‘Vaṇṇayanto samuṭṭhānaṃ, vatvā yaṃ yattha maṅgalaṃ; Vavatthapetvā taṃ tassa, maṅgalattaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti.
在此,“由谁、何时、为何而说,说了这个之后才有此方式”那半个偈颂,是针对“如是我闻,一时世尊……以偈颂对世尊说”这段话而说的。因为这话是依据传闻流传下来的,而彼世尊是自生者、无师者,所以这并非世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者亲口所说。因此,需要说明“这话是谁说的,什么时候说的,为什么要说”。答案是:由尊者阿难所说,而且是在第一次大结集时说的。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, cetaṃ vatvā imaṃ vidhi’’nti ayaṃ tāva addhagāthā yadidaṃ ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā…pe… bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsī’’ti, idaṃ vacanaṃ sandhāya vuttā. Idañhi anussavavasena vuttaṃ, so ca bhagavā sayambhū anācariyako, tasmā nedaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Yato vattabbametaṃ ‘‘idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ , kadā, kasmā ca vutta’’nti. Vuccate – āyasmatā ānandena vuttaṃ, tañca paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle.
这第一次大结集,是为了通达一切经典的缘起,所以应当从最初开始,这样来理解:从世尊初转法轮,一直到调伏游方者须跋陀罗,于所有佛事圆满之后,在拘尸那罗末罗族的沙罗林、双沙罗树之间,毗舍佉月满月日的破晓时分,世尊便以无余涅槃界般涅槃了。世尊般涅槃后,有七十万比丘聚集,其中的僧团上座大迦叶尊者,在世尊般涅槃第七天,忆起老年出家的须跋陀罗所说的话:“够了,贤友,不要忧伤,不要悲泣,我们已经从那大沙门处解脱了!我们一直受他压迫:‘这个你们可以做,这个你们不许做。’现在,我们想做就做,不想做就不做。”(《小品》437;《长部》2.232)大迦叶尊者忆起此话,心想:“那些恶比丘确实可能会这样想:‘导师已逝,圣典无主’,一旦有机可乘,就会很快令正法消亡。只要法与律还在,圣教便仍有导师在世。正如世尊所说——”显示巴利原文
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti cesā sabbasuttanidānakosallatthamādito pabhuti evaṃ veditabbā. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā yāva subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā, katabuddhakicce kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānamantare visākhapuṇṇamadivase paccūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute, bhagavati lokanāthe bhagavato parinibbāne sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṅghatthero āyasmā mahākassapo sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena, upaddutā ca homa ‘idaṃ vo kappati idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti, idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma na taṃ karissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437; dī. ni. 2.232) vuttavacanamanussaranto ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ pāpabhikkhū ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacana’nti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā na cirasseva saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ. Yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati, tāva anatītasatthukameva pāvacanaṃ hoti. Yathāha bhagavā –
“阿难,我所宣说、所制定的法与律,在我般涅槃后,就是你们的导师。”(《长部》2.216)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.216).
“我何不结集法与律,以使教法长久住世、久远流传呢?”显示巴利原文
‘‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyaṃ, yathayidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ’’.
我曾被世尊……显示巴利原文
Yañcāhaṃ bhagavatā –
说:“迦叶,你将持用我的麻布粪扫衣。”之后,通过共用袈裟的受用,以及……显示巴利原文
‘‘Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ, kassapa, sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānī’’ti vatvā cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena ceva –
比丘们,我只要愿意,便能远离欲乐……乃至……成就并安住于初禅。比丘们,大迦叶也只要愿意,便能远离欲乐……乃至……成就并安住于初禅。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi, kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvadeva ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti –
就这样,在九种次第住与六神通等种种‘超人法’的领域,世尊将我安立在与他自己同等的地位,给予扶持。那么,我对他还有什么亏欠呢?世尊不正如一位国王,将属于自己的自在主权赐予能传承家族血统的王子,心中思忖:‘此人将为我建立正法传承’,而以这种不共的护持来资助我吗?”大迦叶尊者这般思惟后,为了结集法与律,便策励比丘们精进。正如经文所说:显示巴利原文
Evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tassa me kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati? ‘‘Nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ ‘saddhammavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako me ayaṃ bhavissatī’ti mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesī’’ti cintayanto dhammavinayasaṅgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi? Yathāha –
那时,尊者大迦叶对诸比丘说:“贤友们,有一次,我与约五百位比丘的大比丘僧团,从波婆城出发,正行在前往拘尸那罗的长路上。”」(《长部》2.231;《律藏·小品》437)此处应将《须跋陀罗品》的全部内容详细展开。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.231; cūḷava. 437) sabbaṃ subhaddakaṇḍaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.
接着,他继续说道:显示巴利原文
Tato paraṃ āha –
“贤友们,来吧,我们来结集法与律,以免非法显扬、正法被遮蔽,非律显扬、律被遮蔽,以免鼓吹非法者强盛而说法者羸弱,鼓吹非律者强盛而持律者羸弱。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, pure adhammo dippati, dhammo paṭibāhiyyati, avinayo dippati, vinayo paṭibāhiyyati, pure adhammavādino balavanto honti, dhammavādino dubbalā honti, avinayavādino balavanto honti, vinayavādino dubbalā hontī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
比丘们回应道:“既然如此,尊者,就请上座来挑选比丘吧。”于是大迦叶长老避开了成百上千位通达全部九分教导师教法的比丘——包括凡夫、入流者、一来者、不来者、干观者、漏尽者——只挑选了四百九十九位漏尽者比丘。这些比丘都通晓三藏一切教义,证得无碍解,具有大神力,且其中多数是曾被世尊授记为“最上”的三明等比丘。正因如此,经中才说:“那时,具寿大迦叶挑选了四百九十九位阿拉汉。”显示巴利原文
Bhikkhū āhaṃsu ‘‘tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkhū uccinatū’’ti. Thero sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmisukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare paṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavatā etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo ekenūnapañcaarahantasatāni uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
然而,长老为何要选少一人的数目呢?是为了给具寿阿难长老留出位置。因为在那次结集中,有这位具寿参加不行,没有他参加也不行。这位具寿是有学,尚有应作之事,因此有他参加不行;然而,凡是十力所教导的经、应颂等,没有一样不是他在世尊面前亲闻领受的,因此没有他参加也不行。如此一来,他虽是有学,对法结集有诸多助益,长老理应选取他才对,那为何不选呢?是为了避免他人的讥嫌。原来长老对具寿阿难极为亲近。正如阿难头上已生白发时,长老仍以‘童子’之语教诫他说:‘这人还不自知,以为自己是个童子吗?’再者,这位具寿出身释迦族,是如来的堂弟、叔父之子。若选取他,比丘们或许会认为这是偏袒亲族,而讥嫌说:‘长老放着众多无学无碍解的比丘不选,却选了有学无碍解的阿难。’为了彻底避开这样的讥嫌,长老思惟:‘没有阿难,结集便无法完成,我将随顺比丘们自己的同意来接纳他。’因此没有选取他。显示巴利原文
Kissa pana thero ekenūnamakāsīti? Āyasmato ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. Tena hāyasmatā sahāpi vināpi na sakkā dhammasaṅgīti kātuṃ. So hāyasmā sekho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā saha na sakkā, yasmā panassa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ bhagavato asammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā vināpi na sakkā. Yadi evaṃ sekhopi samāno dhammasaṅgītiyā bahūkārattā therena uccinitabbo assa, atha kasmā na uccinitoti? Parūpavādavivajjanato . Thero hi āyasmante ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi. Tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ palitesu jātesupi ‘‘na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) kumārakavādena ovadati. Sakyakulappasuto cāyaṃ āyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapitu putto, tatra bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya maññamānā ‘‘bahū asekhapaṭisambhidāppatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā ānandaṃ sekhapaṭisambhidāppattaṃ thero uccinī’’ti upavadeyyuṃ. Taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivivajjento ‘‘ānandaṃ vinā saṅgīti na sakkā kātuṃ, bhikkhūnaṃyeva anumatiyā gahessāmī’’ti na uccini.
随后,比丘们为了阿难的事,主动向大迦叶长老提出请求。正如经文所记载:显示巴利原文
Atha sayameva bhikkhū ānandassatthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. Yathāha –
比丘们对具寿大迦叶这样说:‘尊者,这位具寿阿难虽为有学,却绝不可能因贪欲、瞋恚、愚痴或恐惧而误入歧途;况且他在世尊座下广学多闻,通达了大量的法与律。因此,尊者,请您也选取具寿阿难吧。’于是,具寿大迦叶便也选取了具寿阿难。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā ānando kiñcāpi sekho, abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu cānena bhagavato santike dhammo ca vinayo ca pariyatto, tena hi, bhante, thero āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinatū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
如此,经由比丘们认可而获选的具寿阿难,与其余上座一起,总计为五百位上座。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhiṃ pañcatherasatāni ahesuṃ.
那时,上座比丘们心中思量:“我们究竟该在哪里结集法与律呢?”随后,上座比丘们又心想:“王舍城行境广大,坐卧具充足。不如我们就在王舍城入雨安居,结集法与律,而不让其他比丘来王舍城入雨安居。”他们为何这样想?“这是我们一项重大的事务,若有见解不同的人混入僧团中,或许会提出反对。”于是,具寿大迦叶以白二甘马作了宣布。具体细节,应如《结集犍度》(《小品》437)中所说的方式来了解。显示巴利原文
Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi ‘‘rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ pahūtasenāsanaṃ, yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, naññe bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyu’’nti. Kasmā pana nesaṃ etadahosi? Idaṃ amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ, koci visabhāgapuggalo saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyāti. Athāyasmā mahākassapo ñattidutiyena kammena sāvesi. Taṃ saṅgītikkhandhake (cūḷava. 437) vuttanayeneva ñātabbaṃ.
当如来般涅槃后,七日礼敬盛典与七日舍利供养等活动结束,长老们思忖:“半个月已经过去,热季还剩下一个半月,雨安居即将来临。”大迦叶长老说:“贤友们,我们去王舍城吧。”便带领一半比丘僧团走了一条路。阿那律长老带领另一半走另一条路。而阿难长老则捧着世尊的钵与衣,在比丘僧团的围绕下,先往舍卫城。之后他意欲前往王舍城,便从舍卫城方向踏上旅程。所到之处,都激起巨大的悲泣:“阿难尊者,您把导师留在了何处,竟独自来此?”当长老们次第抵达舍卫城时,同样出现了如同世尊般涅槃时那般的大悲泣。显示巴利原文
Atha tathāgatassa parinibbānato sattasu sādhukīḷanadivasesu sattasu ca dhātupūjādivasesu vītivattesu ‘‘aḍḍhamāso atikkanto, idāni gimhānaṃ diyaḍḍho māso seso, upakaṭṭhā vassūpanāyikā’’ti mantvā mahākassapatthero ‘‘rājagahaṃ, āvuso, gacchāmā’’ti upaḍḍhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Anuruddhattheropi upaḍḍhaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato, ānandatthero pana bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiṃ gantvā rājagahaṃ gantukāmo yena sāvatthi, tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Ānandattherena gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi, ‘‘bhante ānanda, kuhiṃ satthāraṃ ṭhapetvā āgatosī’’ti? Anupubbena sāvatthiṃ anuppatte there bhagavato parinibbānasamaye viya mahāparidevo ahosi.
在那里,具寿阿难先以关于无常等法的开示令大众领悟,随后进入祇园,打开十力世尊曾居住的香室之门,搬出床椅,掸去灰尘,清扫香室,丢弃枯萎的花鬘与杂物,再将床椅搬回原处安放,履行了世尊在世时每日应做的一切日常义务。之后,由于自世尊般涅槃以来,长老多在站立与端坐中度过,体内诸界燥热不调,为调适身体,次日他饮用了牛乳清泻剂,便留在精舍内。正是因着此事,他对善贤青年差遣来的年轻人这样说。显示巴利原文
Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā ānando aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiyā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā papphoṭetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbamakāsi. Atha thero bhagavato parinibbānato pabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāreyeva nisīdi, yaṃ sandhāya subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ māṇavakaṃ etadavoca –
年轻人,现在不是时候,我今日已服过药;或许明日我们再去拜访吧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Akālo kho, māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāmā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447).
第二天,由车匿长老担任随从沙门一同前往,应善贤青年的提问,为其宣说了《长部》中名为《须跋经》的第十部经。显示巴利原文
Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacchāsamaṇena gantvā subhena māṇavena puṭṭho dīghanikāye subhasuttaṃ nāma dasamaṃ suttamabhāsi.
随后,长老在祇园精舍命人修补了破损之处,临近雨安居时便前往王舍城。同样,大迦叶长老和阿那律长老也率领整个比丘僧团前往王舍城。显示巴利原文
Atha kho thero jetavane vihāre khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya rājagahaṃ gato. Tathā mahākassapatthero anuruddhatthero ca sabbaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā rājagahameva gatā.
当时,王舍城有十八座大寺院,皆已残破荒废。世尊般涅槃时,诸比丘各携衣钵,弃寺舍而去。长老们心想:“为恭敬世尊教法,并免于外道讥嫌,第一个月当先修补破损。”盖外道可能如此说:“沙门乔达摩的弟子,导师在世时尚修缮寺院,导师涅槃便弃之不顾。”为平息这些言论,故有此举。此事亦有记载——显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti. Te sabbepi chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. Bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Tattha therā bhagavato vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthañca ‘‘paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karomā’’ti cintesuṃ. Titthiyā hi vadeyyuṃ ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhiteyeva vihāre paṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesu’’nti. Tesaṃ vādaparimocanatthañca cintesunti vuttaṃ hoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
那时,长老比丘们心想:“贤友们,世尊曾赞叹修补破损。来吧,贤友们,我们第一个月先做破损修补,中间那个月再集会,合诵法与律。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – bhagavatā kho, āvuso, khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ, handa mayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
次日,他们来到王宫门前站立。阿阇世王前来顶礼后,请问:“尊者,我能做些什么?有何需要?”长老们为修缮十八座大寺院,便告知需要施工。国王说:“善哉,尊者!”随即派遣工匠。长老们于第一个月,令工匠修治了所有寺院。显示巴利原文
Te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Ajātasattu rājā āgantvā vanditvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, kiṃ karomi, kenattho’’ti pavāresi. Therā aṭṭhārasamahāvihārappaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. Therā paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṅkharāpesuṃ.
修复完毕后,他们即向国王禀报:“大王,寺院已经修复完成,现在我们要进行法与律的结集了。”“善哉,诸尊者!请安心办理。愿此成为我的敕令轮,彼为你们的法轮。请吩咐,尊者,我还需做什么?”“大王,请为进行法结集的比丘们准备集会之处。”“尊者,应在何处备办?”“在下毗婆罗山旁的七叶窟洞口建造,甚为合适,大王。”“善,尊者!”阿阇世王便命人建造了一座壮丽的大殿堂。这殿堂犹如毗首羯磨天所化现,墙壁、立柱与阶梯皆精心规划,并以种种花鬘工艺及藤蔓工艺装饰得美轮美奂。殿内悬挂着各式花环与垂珠之网,形成悦意的天盖;地面如同镶嵌种种宝石的宝珠地板一般,铺满了鲜花,庄严肃穆,极尽精致,宛如梵天之宫。在那座大讲堂中,他为五百位比丘敷设了五百具价值高昂、依五种许可而作的坐具。他于南侧朝北安设长老座位;于殿堂中央朝东,设立堪为佛陀世尊的法座,并于该处放置了一把饰有象牙雕饰的精致扇。事毕,便遣人告知比丘僧团:“诸尊者,诸事已办。”显示巴利原文
Atha rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, vihārappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ , idāni dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ karomā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, vissatthā karotha, mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākaṃ dhammacakkaṃ hotu. Āṇāpetha, bhante, kiṃ karomī’’ti? ‘‘Dhammasaṅgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānaṃ mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kattha karomi, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre kātuṃ yuttaṃ mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho, rājā ajātasattu, vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittithambhasopānaṃ nānāvidhamālākammalatākammavicitraṃ mahāmaṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā vividhakusumadāmaolambakaviniggalantacāruvitānaṃ ratanavicitramaṇikoṭṭimatalamiva ca naṃ nānāpupphūpahāravicitraṃ supariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṅkaritvā tasmiṃ mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañcakappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññāpetvā dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ, maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññāpetvā dantakhacitaṃ cittabījaniñcettha ṭhapetvā bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocāpesi ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, kicca’’nti.
比丘们对阿难尊者说:“阿难贤友,明日即是僧团集会。你尚为有学,余事未了,赴会实不相宜。你当不放逸,精进修习。”当时阿难尊者心想:“明日就是集会,我以有学之身前往,确不合适。”于是,他在夜间长时修习身至念。夜将破晓时,他从经行处下来,进入住处,心想“我且躺下休息”,便将意念安住在身体上。就在他双脚离开地面、头尚未触及枕头的刹那,其心不执取,从一切烦恼中彻底解脱。原来,这位尊者先前虽在户外经行长时,却未能证得殊胜果位。他便思惟:“世尊不是曾对我说:‘阿难,你已积集众多功德,当精进修习,不久便成无漏。’(《长部》2.207)诸佛之语决无虚妄。但我先前精进过猛,令心掉举散乱。好,如今我当行中道之精进。”这样思惟后,他从经行处下来,在洗脚处洗了足,进入住处,坐于床座,心想“稍作休息”,便将身体靠向床铺。就在他双脚刚离地面,头即将触及枕头的那一刹那。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āhaṃsu ‘‘sve, āvuso ānanda, saṅghasannipāto, tvañca sekho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando ‘‘sve sannipāto, na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ sekho samāno sannipātaṃ gaccheyya’’nti bahudeva rattiṃ kāyagatāya satiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamaye caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘nipajjissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ āvajjesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, appattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Ayañhi āyasmā caṅkamena bahi vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto cintesi ‘‘nanu maṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’ti (dī. ni. 2.207). Buddhānañca kathādoso nāma natthi, mama pana accāraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ, tena me cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati, handāhaṃ vīriyasamataṃ yojemī’’ti caṅkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā ‘‘thokaṃ vissamissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ mañcake upanāmesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, sīsañca bimbohanamasampattaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa arahattaṃ. Tena ‘‘imasmiṃ sāsane anisinno anipanno aṭṭhito acaṅkamanto ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto’’ti vutte ‘‘ānandatthero’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
第二天,诸长老比丘用完斋饭,收好钵与衣,齐集法堂。阿难长老为了宣示自己已证阿拉汉果,未与比丘们同行。比丘们依僧腊次第,各就己座,并为阿难长老预留了座位,而后坐下。此时有人问道:“此座属谁?”答:“属阿难。”“阿难何在?”正当此时,长老心想:“今是我应到之时。”为显神通威力,他便隐入地中,随即直接在自己的座位上显现而出。亦有说云:彼从空中飞来而坐。显示巴利原文
Atha therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase bhattakiccaṃ katvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitā. Ānandatthero pana attano arahattappattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ na gato. Bhikkhū yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano attano pattāsane nisīdantā ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā. Tattha kehici ‘‘etamāsanaṃ kassā’’ti vutte ānandassāti. ‘‘Ānando pana kuhiṃ gato’’ti. Tasmiṃ samaye thero cintesi ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ gamanakālo’’ti. Tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā attano āsaneyeva attānaṃ dassesi. Ākāsenāgantvā nisīdītipi eke.
大迦叶长老这样安坐之后,便对比丘们说:“贤友们,我们首先结集法还是律呢?”比丘们回答:“大迦叶尊者,律堪称佛陀教法的寿命。律确立,教法便确立,因此我们先结集律吧。”“应以谁为主来结集律呢?”“以优波离尊者。”“阿难难道不能胜任吗?”“并非不能。然而,正自觉者仍在世时,就曾依据精通律的义理这一点,将优波离尊者置于最上首,说到:‘比丘们,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,持律第一者,即是这位优波离。’(《增支部》1.228)因此,我们向优波离长老请教后,再来结集律吧。”于是,大迦叶长老为了就律提问,便自己担任提问者;优波离长老也为了解答,自己担任解答者。关于此事,有这样的记载——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ nisinne tasmiṃ āyasmante mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi, ‘‘āvuso, kiṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāma dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā’’ti? Bhikkhū āhaṃsu, ‘‘bhante mahākassapa, vinayonāmabuddhasāsanassa āyu, vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti, tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Kaṃ dhuraṃ katvā vinayo saṅgāyitabbo’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmantaṃ upāli’’nti . ‘‘Kiṃ ānando nappahotī’’ti? ‘‘No nappahoti, apica kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamānoyeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – ‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’’’ti (a. ni. 1.228). Tasmā upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmāti. Tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanāva attānaṃ sammanni. Upālittheropi vissajjanatthāya sammanni. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi –
那时,大迦叶尊者便这样告知僧团:显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
“贤友们,请僧团听我说:若僧团认为合宜,我想就律向优波离提问。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya’’nti.
尊者优波离便这样告知僧团:显示巴利原文
Āyasmāpi upāli saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
“尊者,请僧团听我说:若僧团认为时机适宜,我当回答大迦叶尊者所问的律藏问题。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti.
尊者优波离如此自我举荐后,便从座而起,上衣偏袒一肩,礼拜长老比丘们,然后登上法座,手持镶齿的扇子。于是,大迦叶长老从第一波罗夷开始,向优波离长老问遍了整部律藏,优波离长老一一解答。五百比丘一同,将第一波罗夷学处连同其制定因缘,集体诵出。同样地,其余学处也当依律注的方式来理解。以此方式,他们结集了包含两分别、犍度、附随在内的完整律藏。之后,优波离长老放下镶齿的扇子,从法座下来,顶礼诸位长老比丘,在自己的座位上坐下。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā, upāli, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Tato mahākassapatthero upālittheraṃ paṭhamapārājikaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbaṃ vinayaṃ pucchi, upālitthero vissajjesi. Sabbe pañcasatā bhikkhū paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpadaṃ sanidānaṃ katvā ekato gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu. Evaṃ sesānipīti sabbaṃ vinayaṭṭhakathāya gahetabbaṃ. Etena nayena saubhatovibhaṅgaṃ sakhandhakaparivāraṃ sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ saṅgāyitvā upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā vuḍḍhe bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.
结集律藏之后,大迦叶尊者欲进一步结集法藏,便问比丘们:“结集法时,应以哪一位补特伽罗为核心来结集?”比丘们回答:“应以阿难长老为核心。”显示巴利原文
Vinayaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyitukāmo āyasmā mahākassapatthero bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘dhammaṃ saṅgāyantehi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṅgāyitabbo’’ti? Bhikkhū ‘‘ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti āhaṃsu.
于是,大迦叶尊者对僧伽说:显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
“贤友们,请僧伽听我说:若僧伽认为时机适当,我将向阿难请问法。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti.
于是,阿难尊者告知僧团:显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmā ānando saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
“诸尊者,请僧团听我说:若僧团认为时机适当,我将解答大迦叶尊者所问之法。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti.
于是,阿难尊者从座起身,将袈裟偏袒一肩,向上座比丘们行礼后,坐于法座,拿起一把象牙嵌饰的扇子。随后,大迦叶尊者向阿难尊者询问法义:“阿难贤友,《梵网经》是在何处所说?”“尊者,是在王舍城与那烂陀之间的庵婆罗树园王家厅堂中所说。”“是对谁说的?”“是对游方者须卑与青年梵授说的。”于是,大迦叶尊者又问阿难尊者《梵网经》的缘起,也询问了相关的人物。他又问:“阿难贤友,那么《沙门果经》是在何处所说?”“尊者,是在王舍城耆婆的庵婆罗树园中所说。”“是与谁一起说的?”“是与韦提希之子阿阇世王一起说的。”接着,大迦叶尊者又问阿难尊者《沙门果经》的缘起,也询问了相关的人物。他以同样的方式,将五部经藏全部问遍。所问之处,阿难尊者一一解答。这便是由五百位长老完成的第一次大结集。显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmā ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Atha mahākassapatthero ānandattheraṃ dhammaṃ pucchi – ‘‘brahmajālaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Antarā ca, bhante, rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ rājāgārake ambalaṭṭhikāya’’nti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti ? ‘‘Suppiyañca paribbājakaṃ brahmadattañca māṇavaka’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ brahmajālassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi. ‘‘Sāmaññaphalaṃ; panāvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Rājagahe, bhante, jīvakambavane’’ti. ‘‘Kena saddhi’’nti? ‘‘Ajātasattunā vedehiputtena saddhi’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sāmaññaphalassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi. Eteneva upāyena pañcapi nikāye pucchi, puṭṭho puṭṭho āyasmā ānando vissajjesi. Ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti pañcahi therasatehi katā –
由五百位比丘所结集,故得名“五百”;
又由长老们所结集,故称为“长老”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Satehi pañcahi katā, tena pañcasatāti ca; Thereheva katattā ca, therikāti pavuccatī’’ti.
当此第一次大结集在进行时,大迦叶尊者依次问毕《长部》《中部》等一切经藏,随后次第问到《小部》时,这样问道:“贤友阿难,《吉祥经》是在何处宣说的?”如这些语问完后,记载中提到“他问了缘起,也问了那个人”。在此,当缘起被问及时,阿难尊者为了详尽阐明此缘起,也为了说明此法“如何被宣说、谁听闻、何时听闻、由谁说、在何处说、对谁说”这一切,便说道:“如是我闻:一时,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园……(中略)……那位天神以偈颂向世尊请问。”应当了知,此话是阿难尊者所说,又是在第一次大结集时所宣说。显示巴利原文
Imissā paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyā vattamānāya sabbaṃ dīghanikāyaṃ majjhimanikāyādiñca pucchitvā anupubbena khuddakanikāyaṃ pucchantena āyasmatā mahākassapena ‘‘maṅgalasuttaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti evamādivacanāvasāne ‘‘nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchī’’ti ettha nidāne pucchite taṃ nidānaṃ vitthāretvā yathā ca bhāsitaṃ, yena ca sutaṃ, yadā ca sutaṃ, yena ca bhāsitaṃ, yattha ca bhāsitaṃ, yassa ca bhāsitaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ kathetukāmena ‘‘evaṃ bhāsitaṃ mayā sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ sutaṃ, bhagavatā bhāsitaṃ, sāvatthiyaṃ bhāsitaṃ, devatāya bhāsita’’nti etamatthaṃ dassentena āyasmatā ānandena vuttaṃ ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme…pe… bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsī’’ti. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā ānandena vuttaṃ, tañca pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
现在,对于“为何这样说”作如下解释:由于阿难尊者被大迦叶长老问及缘起,因此他为了从头详细说明此缘起,而宣说了这番话。另一个原因是,当时有些天神看见阿难尊者坐在法座上,被一群具足神通的比丘众围绕,心中便起念:“这位尊者出身释迦族,是世尊的法子,世尊曾五次将他安立为最上之位,他具足四种稀有未曾有法,深受四众弟子爱戴敬重,如今继承世尊的法王之位,莫非已证成佛果了?”阿难尊者觉察到这些天神心中的种种寻思,他不愿领受这种对不实功德的虚妄推崇,为了表明自己纯然是声闻弟子的身份,便说道:“如是我闻:一时,世尊……那位天神以偈颂向世尊请问。”就在那时,五百位阿拉汉与无数天神都欢喜赞叹阿难尊者:“善哉!善哉!”大地震动,虚空中落下种种花雨,并有其他稀有之相现前。同时,众多天神心中生起强烈的悚惧:“我们从前在世尊面前亲自听过的教法,如今竟已成过去,不复现前了。”当知,在第一次结集时,阿难尊者正是由此因缘而作此说。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘kasmā vutta’’nti ettha vuccate – yasmā ayamāyasmā mahākassapattherena nidānaṃ puṭṭho, tasmānena taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretuṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā vā ānandaṃ dhammāsane nisinnaṃ vasīgaṇaparivutaṃ disvā ekaccānaṃ devatānaṃ cittamuppannaṃ ‘‘ayamāyasmā vedehamuni pakatiyāpi sakyakulamanvayo bhagavato dāyādo, bhagavatāpi pañcakkhattuṃ etadagge niddiṭṭho, catūhi acchariyaabbhutadhammehi samannāgato, catunnaṃ parisānaṃ piyo manāpo, idāni maññe bhagavato dhammarajjadāyajjaṃ patvā buddho jāto’’ti. Tasmā āyasmā ānando tāsaṃ devatānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya taṃ abhūtaguṇasambhāvanaṃ anadhivāsento attano sāvakabhāvameva dīpetuṃ āha ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā …pe… ajjhabhāsī’’ti. Etthantare pañca arahantasatāni anekāni ca devatāsahassāni ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhinandiṃsu, mahābhūmicālo ahosi, nānāvidhakusumavassaṃ antalikkhato papati, aññāni ca bahūni acchariyāni pāturahesuṃ, bahūnañca devatānaṃ saṃvego uppajji ‘‘yaṃ amhehi bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ, idāneva taṃ parokkhā jāta’’nti. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā ānandena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vadantenāpi iminā kāraṇena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca ‘‘vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, cetaṃ vatvā imaṃ vidhi’’nti imissā addhagāthāya attho pakāsito hoti.
对于“Evaṃ”等词句的解释显示巴利原文
Evamiccādipāṭhavaṇṇanā
1 1. 现在,为了阐明“以种种方式解释‘Evaṃ’等词句之义”这首纲要偈所包含的义理,来进行解说:「Evaṃ」这个词,应当放在譬喻、教导、随喜、呵责、接受话语、方式、示例、决定等不同的语境中来看待。实际上,这个字在“由这样出生的人,应当多作善事”(《法句经》53)等语句中,是出现在譬喻义中。在“你应该这样前进,你应该这样后退”(《增支部》4.122)等语句中,是出现在教导义中。在“是的,世尊!是的,善逝!”(《增支部》3.66)等语句中,是出现在随喜义中。在“可是,这个贱种女子却这样在任何场合都称赞那个光头沙门的功德”(《相应部》1.187)等语句中,是出现在呵责义中。在“那些比丘回应世尊说:‘是的,尊者!’”(《中部》1.1)等语句中,是出现在接受话语义中。在“尊者!我是这样理解世尊所说的法的”(《中部》1.398)等语句中,是出现在方式义中。在“年轻人,你去沙门阿难那里,到了以后,用我的话问候沙门阿难:‘无病、无疾、轻利、有力、安住轻利。’并且这样说:‘多德亚之子苏波少年问候阿难尊者:无病、无疾、轻利、有力、安住轻利。’你还要说:‘善哉,恳请阿难尊者慈悲,前往多德亚之子苏波少年的住处’”(《长部》1.445)等语句中,是出现在示例义中。在“卡拉玛人啊,你们怎么想?这些法是善还是不善?”“尊者,是不善。”“是有过失还是无过失?”“尊者,是有过失。”“是受到智者呵责还是受到智者称赞?”“尊者,是受到智者呵责。”“如果接受并实践它们,会导致无益和痛苦,还是不会?你们对此怎么看?”“尊者,如果接受并实践它们,会导致无益和痛苦,我们对此就是这样认定的”(《增支部》3.66)等语句中,是出现在决定义中。不过,在这个语境里,应当从方式、示例和决定这三种含义来理解它。显示巴利原文
1. Idāni ‘‘evamiccādipāṭhassa, atthaṃ nānappakārato’’ti evamādimātikāya saṅgahitatthappakāsanatthaṃ vuccate – evanti ayaṃ saddo upamūpadesasampahaṃsanagarahaṇavacanasampaṭiggahākāranidassanāvadhāraṇādīsu atthesu daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hesa ‘‘evaṃ jātena maccena, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahu’’nti evamādīsu (dha. pa. 53) upamāyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Evaṃ te abhikkamitabbaṃ, evaṃ te paṭikkamitabba’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.122) upadese. ‘‘Evametaṃ bhagavā, evametaṃ sugatā’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) sampahaṃsane. ‘‘Evamevaṃ panāyaṃ vasalī yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇakassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.187) garahaṇe. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhanteti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosu’’nti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.1) vacanasampaṭiggahe. ‘‘Evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.398) ākāre. ‘‘Ehi tvaṃ, māṇavaka, yena samaṇo ānando tenupasaṅkama, upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena samaṇaṃ ānandaṃ appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha. ‘Subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhavantaṃ ānandaṃ appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti, evañca vadehi sādhu kira bhavaṃ ānando yena subhassa māṇavassa todeyyaputtassa nivesanaṃ, tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 1.445) nidassane. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha kālāmā, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vāti? Akusalā, bhante. Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vāti? Sāvajjā, bhante. Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vāti? Viññugarahitā, bhante. Samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti no vā, kathaṃ vo ettha hotīti? Samattā, bhante, samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti, evaṃ no ettha hotī’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) avadhāraṇe. Idha pana ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇesu daṭṭhabbo.
在这里,以“方式”的含义,用「evaṃ」这个词来阐明这样的义理:世尊的言教,具有种种理趣、极其微细,由种种意乐所生起,具足义理与音节,具有种种教诫神变,在法义、开示、通达方面极为甚深,能随着一切众生各自的语言状态进入他们的耳根。对于这样的言教,有谁能用一切方式完全了知呢?然而,我只是尽力引发想要求闻的意乐,就这样(以一种方式)被我听闻了,也就是“如是我闻”、“我以某一种方式听到了”。显示巴利原文
Tattha ākāratthena evaṃ-saddena etamatthaṃ dīpeti – nānānayanipuṇamanekajjhāsayasamuṭṭhānaṃ atthabyañjanasampannaṃ vividhapāṭihāriyaṃ dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīraṃ sabbasattānaṃ sakasakabhāsānurūpato sotapathamāgacchantaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ sabbappakārena ko samattho viññātuṃ, sabbathāmena pana sotukāmataṃ janetvāpi evaṃ me sutaṃ, mayāpi ekenākārena sutanti.
以“示例”之义,为表明“我非自生者,此法非我所亲证”,从而将自己从中释出,便用“如是我闻,我也是这样听闻的”这句话,来示例整部将宣说的经典。显示巴利原文
Nidassanatthena ‘‘nāhaṃ sayambhū, na mayā idaṃ sacchikata’’nti attānaṃ parimocento ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ, mayāpi evaṃ suta’’nti idāni vattabbaṃ sakalasuttaṃ nidasseti.
以“决定”之义,合乎世尊这样的赞叹:“诸比丘!在我的声闻比丘弟子中,多闻第一者,即是此阿难;具念第一者,即是此阿难;具慧第一者,即是此阿难;具坚定第一者,即是此阿难;侍者第一者,即是此阿难。”(《增支部》1.219-223)为显示与自己的忆持力相应,令众生生起求闻之欲,便说“如是我闻”——以此决定:于义理、于言辞,皆无增无减、无有缺失,正是如此,不应视作余法。显示巴利原文
Avadhāraṇatthena ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahussutānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando, gatimantānaṃ, satimantānaṃ, dhitimantānaṃ, upaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando’’ti (a. ni. 1.219-223) evaṃ bhagavatā pasatthabhāvānurūpaṃ attano dhāraṇabalaṃ dassento sattānaṃ sotukamyataṃ janeti ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ, tañca kho atthato vā byañjanato vā anūnamanadhikaṃ, evameva, na aññathā daṭṭhabba’’nti.
“me”一词见于三种意义。正如在“以吟诵方式所得的食物不应被我食用”等语句(《经集》81)中,其义为“被我”(mayā);在“善哉,尊者,愿世尊为我简要开示法”等语句(《相应部》4.88)中,其义为“为我”(mayhaṃ);在“诸比丘,你们要成为我的法之继承人”等语句(《中部》1.29)中,其义为“我的”(mama)。而在此处,则兼有“被我听闻”与“我的听闻”两种意义。显示巴利原文
Me-saddo tīsu atthesu dissati. Tathā hissa ‘‘gāthābhigītaṃ me abhojaneyya’’nti evamādīsu (su. ni. 81) mayāti attho. ‘‘Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.88) mayhanti attho. ‘‘Dhammadāyādā me, bhikkhave, bhavathā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.29) mamāti attho. Idha pana ‘‘mayā suta’’nti ca ‘‘mama suta’’nti ca atthadvaye yujjati.
“sutaṃ”(所闻)一词,有带前缀及不带前缀之形,其义有多种,如“去”(gacchati)、“名闻”(khyāta)、“被贪所染”(rāgābhibhūta)、“积集”(upacita)、“专修”(anuyoga)、“耳识所了别者”(sotaviññeyya)、“依耳门随转所识知而受持者”(sotadvārānusāraviññātadhara)等。例如,在“senāya pasuto”等语中,其义为“正在去”;在“sutadhammassa passato”等语中,其义为“对于所知名的法”;在“avassutā avassutassa”等语中(波逸提 657),其义为“被贪所染的女人,对于被贪所染的男人”;在“tumhehi puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappakaṃ”等语中(小诵 7.12),其义为“已积集”;在“ye jhānappasutā dhīrā”等语中(法句 181),其义为“专修禅那的”;在“diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ”显示巴利原文
Sutanti ayaṃ sutasaddo saupasaggo anupasaggo ca gamanakhyātarāgābhibhūtūpacitānuyogasotaviññeyyasotadvāraviññātādianekatthappabhedo. Tathā hissa ‘‘senāya pasuto’’ti evamādīsu gacchantoti attho. ‘‘Sutadhammassa passato’’ti evamādīsu khyātadhammassāti attho. ‘‘Avassutā avassutassā’’ti evamādīsu (pāci. 657) rāgābhibhūtā rāgābhibhūtassāti attho. ‘‘Tumhehi puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappaka’’nti evamādīsu (khu. pā. 7.12) upacitanti attho. ‘‘Ye jhānappasutā dhīrā’’ti evamādīsu (dha. pa. 181) jhānānuyuttāti attho. ‘‘Diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ muta’’nti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.241) sotaviññeyyanti attho. ‘‘Sutadharo sutasannicayo’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.339) sotadvārānusāraviññātadharoti attho. Idha pana sutanti sotaviññāṇapubbaṅgamāya viññāṇavīthiyā upadhāritanti vā upadhāraṇanti vāti attho. Tattha yadā me-saddassa mayāti attho, tadā ‘‘evaṃ mayā sutaṃ, sotaviññāṇapubbaṅgamāya viññāṇavīthiyā upadhārita’’nti yujjati. Yadā me-saddassa mamāti attho, tadā ‘‘evaṃ mama sutaṃ sotaviññāṇapubbaṅgamāya viññāṇavīthiyā upadhāraṇa’’nti yujjati.
因此,在这三个词中,“evaṃ”表示耳识的作用;“me”表示具有该识的补特伽罗;“sutaṃ”通过遮止未闻的状态,表示无减、无增、无颠倒的执取。同样,“evaṃ”表示听闻等心以种种方式于所缘中生起的状态;“me”表示自己;“sutaṃ”表示法。显示巴利原文
Evametesu tīsu padesu evanti sotaviññāṇakiccanidassanaṃ. Meti vuttaviññāṇasamaṅgīpuggalanidassanaṃ. Sutanti assavanabhāvappaṭikkhepato anūnānadhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassanaṃ. Tathā evanti savanādicittānaṃ nānappakārena ārammaṇe pavattabhāvanidassanaṃ. Meti attanidassanaṃ. Sutanti dhammanidassanaṃ.
同样,“evaṃ”表示应被解说的法;“me”表示补特伽罗;“sutaṃ”表示补特伽罗的作用。显示巴利原文
Tathā evanti niddisitabbadhammanidassanaṃ. Meti puggalanidassanaṃ. Sutanti puggalakiccanidassanaṃ.
同样,“evaṃ”是依于心路心的行相施设,而对种种方式所作的解说。“me”是对作者的解说。“sutaṃ”是对所缘境的解说。显示巴利原文
Tathā evanti vīthicittānaṃ ākārapaññattivasena nānappakāraniddeso. Meti kattāraniddeso. Sutanti visayaniddeso.
同样,“evaṃ”是对补特伽罗作用的解说。“sutaṃ”是对识作用的解说。“me”是对兼具二种作用的补特伽罗的解说。显示巴利原文
Tathā evanti puggalakiccaniddeso. Sutanti viññāṇakiccaniddeso. Meti ubhayakiccayuttapuggalaniddeso.
同样,“evaṃ”是对状态的解说。“me”是对补特伽罗的解说。“sutaṃ”是对其作用的解说。显示巴利原文
Tathā evanti bhāvaniddeso. Meti puggalaniddeso. Sutanti tassa kiccaniddeso.
其中,“evaṃ”与“me”,从自证的究竟义层面来说,属于非实有施设;“sutaṃ”则是实有施设。同样,“evaṃ”与“me”,因为是依于彼彼而说,故为依止施设;“sutaṃ”,因为是相对于所见等而说,故为比拟施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha evanti ca meti ca sacchikaṭṭhaparamatthavasena avijjamānapaññatti. Sutanti vijjamānapaññatti. Tathā evanti ca meti ca taṃ taṃ upādāya vattabbato upādāpaññatti. Sutanti diṭṭhādīni upanidhāya vattabbato upanidhāpaññatti .
在此,“evaṃ”一词阐明不迷乱;“sutaṃ”一词阐明于所闻的不忘失。同样,“evaṃ”一词阐明如理作意,因为若不如理作意,则无种种通达;“sutaṃ”一词阐明不散乱,因为心若散乱,则无听闻。确实,心散乱之人,即使被告知一切成就,也会说:“我没有听到,请再说一遍。”而在这里,以如理作意成就自己的正誓愿与过去所积的善行;以不散乱成就听闻正法与亲近善士。又,“evaṃ”以此善妙的方式,显示自己后一双的成就;“sutaṃ”以与听闻相连属,显示前一双的成就。同样,也显示意乐清净与加行清净;以意乐清净显示证得的成就,以加行清净显示教法的成就。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca evanti vacanena asammohaṃ dīpeti, sutanti vacanena sutassa asammosaṃ. Tathā evanti vacanena yonisomanasikāraṃ dīpeti ayoniso manasikaroto nānappakārappaṭivedhābhāvato. Sutanti vacanena avikkhepaṃ dīpeti vikkhittacittassa savanābhāvato. Tathā hi vikkhittacitto puggalo sabbasampattiyā vuccamānopi ‘‘na mayā sutaṃ, puna bhaṇathā’’ti bhaṇati. Yonisomanasikārena cettha attasammāpaṇidhiṃ pubbe katapuññatañca sādheti, avikkhepena saddhammassavanaṃ sappurisūpanissayañca. Evanti ca iminā bhaddakena ākārena pacchimacakkadvayasampattiṃ attano dīpeti, sutanti savanayogena purimacakkadvayasampattiṃ. Tathā āsayasuddhiṃ payogasuddhiñca, tāya ca āsayasuddhiyā adhigamabyattiṃ, payogasuddhiyā āgamabyattiṃ.
又,以“evaṃ”这一显示种种通达的语句,彰显自己义无碍解与辩无碍解的成就;以“sutaṃ”这一显示所闻种类通达的语句,彰显法无碍解与词无碍解的成就。当他说出“evaṃ”这个显示如理作意的词语时,即令人了知:“这些法,是我以意善加审察、以见善加通达的。”当他说出“sutaṃ”这个显示与听闻相连属的词语时,即令人了知:“众多之法,是我所听闻、所受持、以语熟悉的。”以此两者,显示义理与文句的圆满,令听闻者生起恭敬。显示巴利原文
Evanti ca iminā nānappakārapaṭivedhadīpakena vacanena attano atthapaṭibhānapaṭisambhidāsampadaṃ dīpeti. Sutanti iminā sotabbabhedapaṭivedhadīpakena dhammaniruttipaṭisambhidāsampadaṃ dīpeti. Evanti ca idaṃ yonisomanasikāradīpakaṃ vacanaṃ bhaṇanto ‘‘ete mayā dhammā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā’’ti ñāpeti. Sutanti idaṃ savanayogadīpakavacanaṃ bhaṇanto ‘‘bahū mayā dhammā sutā dhātā vacasā paricitā’’ti ñāpeti. Tadubhayenapi atthabyañjanapāripūriṃ dīpento savane ādaraṃ janeti.
以“如是我闻”这一整句,具寿阿难不将如来所宣说的法执为己有,由此超越非善人的境地;他自认为声闻弟子,由此进入善士的境地。同样,他让心从不善法中出离,令心安住于善法。并且,透过表明“这仅仅是向我听闻而来的,这确确实实就是彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者所说”,他使自己得解脱,将导师显示出来,奉持胜者的言教,并确立了法的轨则。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ me sutanti iminā pana sakalenapi vacanena āyasmā ānando tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammaṃ attano adahanto asappurisabhūmiṃ, atikkamati, sāvakattaṃ paṭijānanto sappurisabhūmiṃ okkamati. Tathā asaddhammā cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, saddhamme cittaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti. ‘‘Kevalaṃ sutamevetaṃ mayā, tasseva tu bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti ca dīpento attānaṃ parimoceti, satthāraṃ apadisati, jinavacanaṃ appeti, dhammanettiṃ patiṭṭhāpeti.
再者,应当知道:当他宣说“如是我闻”时,并不声称这是自己所产生的,而是披露他先前的听闻,其意思是:“这是我从世尊——具足四无畏者、持十力者、安住于狮子座者、作狮子吼者、一切众生中最上者、法自在者、法王、法主、法灯、以法为皈依处者、最胜正法轮王、正自觉者——面前亲自领受的。对于其中的义理、法、句或言辞,都不应存有任何疑惑或犹豫。”如此,他断除了一切天与人对此法的无信,并使净信具足生起。关于此,有偈颂说:显示巴利原文
Apica ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’nti attanā uppāditabhāvaṃ appaṭijānanto purimassavanaṃ vivaranto ‘‘sammukhā paṭiggahitamidaṃ mayā tassa bhagavato catuvesārajjavisāradassa dasabaladharassa āsabhaṭṭhānaṭṭhāyino sīhanādanādino sabbasattuttamassa dhammissarassa dhammarājassa dhammādhipatino dhammadīpassa dhammappaṭisaraṇassa saddhammavaracakkavattino sammāsambuddhassa. Na ettha atthe vā dhamme vā pade vā byañjane vā kaṅkhā vā vimati vā kātabbā’’ti sabbadevamanussānaṃ imasmiṃ dhamme assaddhiyaṃ vināseti, saddhāsampadaṃ uppādetīti veditabbo. Hoti cettha –
于教法中,他摧破无信,增长信心;
乔达摩的弟子这样说:‘如是我闻。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vināsayati assaddhaṃ, saddhaṃ vaḍḍheti sāsane; Evaṃ me sutamiccevaṃ, vadaṃ gotamasāvako’’ti.
「一」是对数量的限定说明。「时」是对时间界限的说明。「一时」合起来,表示一个不确定的时间点。在这里,samaya(时)这个词——显示巴利原文
Ekanti gaṇanaparicchedaniddeso. Samayanti paricchinnaniddeso. Ekaṃ samayanti aniyamitaparidīpanaṃ. Tattha samayasaddo –
(samaya 这个词)可以在这些意思里见到:会合、刹那、时间、集会、原因、诸见,还有获得、断除,以及证悟。
显示巴利原文 Samavāye khaṇe kāle, samūhe hetudiṭṭhisu; Paṭilābhe pahāne ca, paṭivedhe ca dissati.
的确,在“或许我们明天也能依时机而往见”这类语句中(《长部》1.447),意思是“会合”。在“诸比丘,确实只有一个刹那和时机可修梵行”这类语句中(《增支部》8.29),意思是“刹那”。在“热时、酷热时”这类语句中(《波罗夷》358),意思是“时间”。在“大集会于林间”这类语句中,意思是“集会”。在“巴达利!你确实未通晓时机:‘世尊正住在舍卫城,他也将知道我——这位名为巴达利的比丘,在导师的教法中修学尚未完全成就’——巴达利!这又是你未通晓的一个时机”这类语句中(《中部》2.135),意思是“原因”。在“那时,游方者乌伽哈马诺,即沙门蒙地咖之子,正住在末利夫人园中的单层黑乌木大厅里,议论种种见”这类语句中(《中部》2.260),意思是“见”。显示巴利原文
Tathā hissa ‘‘appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāma kālañca samayañca upādāyā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 1.447) samavāyo attho. ‘‘Ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 8.29) khaṇo. ‘‘Uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo’’ti evamādīsu (pāci. 358) kālo. ‘‘Mahāsamayo pavanasmi’’nti evamādīsu samūho. ‘‘Samayopi kho te, bhaddāli, appaṭividdho ahosi, bhagavā kho sāvatthiyaṃ viharati, sopi maṃ jānissati, ‘bhaddāli, nāma bhikkhu satthusāsane sikkhāya aparipūrakārī’ti, ayampi kho te bhaddāli samayo appaṭividdho ahosī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 2.135) hetu. ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasatī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 2.260) diṭṭhi.
在以下语句中,意思是“获得”:“能现观现世与来世的义利,由于此义的现观,智者被称为贤者。”(《相应部》1.129)
在“由于正断除慢的现观,他作苦的边际”这类语句中,意指“断除”;在“苦的压迫义、有为义、热恼义、变易义、现观义”这类语句中,则指“证悟”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho, yo cattho samparāyiko; Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.129) –
而在这里,它的意思是“时间”。因此,“一时”即是指:一年、季节、月、半月、夜、日、晨朝、正午、暮时、初夜、中夜、后夜、须臾等时间差别中的某一个时间。显示巴利原文
Evamādīsu paṭilābho. ‘‘Sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.28) pahānaṃ. ‘‘Dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho abhisamayaṭṭho’’ti evamādīsu (paṭi. ma. 2.8) paṭivedho. Idha panassa kālo attho. Tena ekaṃ samayanti saṃvaccharautumāsaaḍḍhamāsarattidivapubbaṇhamajjhanhikasāyanhapaṭhamamajjhima- pacchimayāmamuhuttādīsu kālakhyesu samayesu ekaṃ samayanti dīpeti.
此外,诸如“入胎之时”、“诞生之时”、“悚惧之时”、“出离之时”、“苦行之时”、“降魔之时”、“正等觉之时”、“现法安乐住之时”、“开示之时”、“般涅槃之时”等,这些都是当诸佛出现于人天之际,极为显著、具有多种时间称谓的“时”。在这些时间当中,这里所说的“一时”,指的即是“开示之时”。又,在智慧与悲悯所作事的时间中,它即是悲悯所作之时;在自利与利他行道的时间中,它即是利他行道之时;在兼具应作二事的时间中,它即是说法之时;在开示与行道的时间中,它即是开示之时。在这些时间中,不论对应哪一种,也都称为“一时”。显示巴利原文
Ye vā ime gabbhokkantisamayo jātisamayo saṃvegasamayo abhinikkhamanasamayo dukkarakārikasamayo māravijayasamayo abhisambodhisamayo diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārasamayo desanāsamayo parinibbānasamayoti evamādayo bhagavato devamanussesu ativiya pakāsā anekakālakhyā eva samayā. Tesu samayesu desanāsamayasaṅkhātaṃ ekaṃ samayanti vuttaṃ hoti. Yo cāyaṃ ñāṇakaruṇākiccasamayesu karuṇākiccasamayo, attahitaparahitappaṭipattisamayesu parahitappaṭipattisamayo, sannipatitānaṃ karaṇīyadvayasamayesu dhammīkathāsamayo, desanāpaṭipattisamayesu desanāsamayo, tesupi samayesu yaṃ kiñci sandhāya ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti vuttaṃ hoti.
于此,有人或许会问:既然如此,为何在阿毗达摩中,如“于某时,在欲界……”;以及在其他经文段落中,如“比丘们,于某时,一位比丘远离了感官欲望……”,都使用处格来表述;而在律藏中,如“以那时,佛陀世尊……”,则使用具格来表述呢?为何此处不那样做,反而用“一时”这样的受格来表述?答案是:那些地方用那些格,此处用此格,是因为所要阐明的意义各有不同。在阿毗达摩和其他经文中,存在“处格”的意义,也就是通过存在状态来标示存在之相的意义。“时”这个词本身就含有“依托”和“集合”的意义。在那些地方所说的触等诸法,是透过那个被称为“刹那聚集之因”的“时”的存有,来标示它们的存在之相。因此,为了表明这种意义,那些地方便用处格来表述。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – atha kasmā yathā abhidhamme ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacara’’nti ca ito aññesu suttapadesu ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehī’’ti ca bhummavacanena niddeso kato, vinaye ca ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā’’ti karaṇavacanena, tathā akatvā idha ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti upayogavacananiddeso katoti. Tattha tathā, idha ca aññathā atthasambhavato. Tattha hi abhidhamme ito aññesu suttapadesu ca adhikaraṇattho bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇattho ca sambhavati. Adhikaraṇañhi kālattho samūhattho ca samayo, tattha vuttānaṃ phassādidhammānaṃ khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātassa ca samayassa bhāvena tesaṃ bhāvo lakkhīyati, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha bhummavacananiddeso kato.
而在律藏中,则存在“原因”和“工具”这两种意义。那个制定学处的时机,即使是舍利弗等大弟子也难以完全觉知。正是以那个时机作为原因和工具,世尊为了制定学处,同时观待制定学处的因缘,而随缘安住于各处。因此,为了阐明这种意义,那里便用具格来表述。显示巴利原文
Vinaye ca hetvattho karaṇattho ca sambhavati. Yo hi so sikkhāpadapaññattisamayo sāriputtādīhipi dubbiññeyyo, tena samayena hetubhūtena karaṇabhūtena ca sikkhāpadāni paññapento sikkhāpadapaññattihetuñca apekkhamāno bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsi, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha karaṇavacananiddeso kato.
然而,在此处以及在其他类似情况的经文读诵中,存在“完全契合”的意义。对于世尊开示这部或者另一部经的那个时节,他以悲悯住心完全契合于其中。因此,为了阐明这种意义,此处便用受格来表述。对此,有偈颂说道:显示巴利原文
Idha pana aññasmiñca evaṃjātike suttantapāṭhe accantasaṃyogattho sambhavati. Yañhi samayaṃ bhagavā imaṃ aññaṃ vā suttantaṃ desesi, accantameva taṃ samayaṃ karuṇāvihārena vihāsi. Tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ idha upayogavacananiddeso katoti viññeyyo. Hoti cettha –
考量种种含义之后,依处格与作具格而说,
‘时’在他处另有表述,此处则藉由受格而说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṃ taṃ atthamapekkhitvā, bhummena karaṇena ca; Aññatra samayo vutto, upayogena so idhā’’ti.
「世尊」一词,是对这位具足殊胜功德、于一切众生中最为尊胜、最值得尊敬与推崇者的增上之名。如所说:显示巴利原文
Bhagavāti guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamagarugāravādhivacanametaṃ. Yathāha –
“世尊”之名最为殊胜,“世尊”之称最为崇高;
他具足应受恭敬、应受尊崇的德行,故被称为“世尊”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, bhagavāti vacanamuttamaṃ; Garu gāravayutto so, bhagavā tena vuccatī’’ti.
名称实有四种:依时段而起的、依形相而起的、依徵兆而起的、无因而起的。所谓无因而起,即是随意称说。其中,“牛犊”“应调者”“力牛”等属依时段而起;“持杖者”“持伞者”“有顶髻者”“有象鼻者”等属依形相而起;“三明者”“六通者”等属依徵兆而起;而如“吉祥增长者”“财富增长者”等,不考量词义、随兴运用,便是无因而起。然而,“世尊”这名号,是依功德特征而得的名号,非摩诃摩耶夫人所起,非净饭大王所起,非八万亲族所起,亦非帝释天、兜率天主等殊胜诸天所起。正如具寿舍利弗长老所说:“‘世尊’这名号,非母亲所造……而是实证的施设,即所谓的‘世尊’。”显示巴利原文
Catubbidhañhi nāmaṃ āvatthikaṃ, liṅgikaṃ, nemittakaṃ, adhiccasamuppannanti. Adhiccasamuppannaṃ nāma ‘‘yadicchaka’’nti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha vaccho dammo balibaddhoti evamādi āvatthikaṃ, daṇḍī chattī sikhī karīti evamādi liṅgikaṃ, tevijjo chaḷabhiññoti evamādi nemittakaṃ, sirivaḍḍhako dhanavaḍḍhakoti evamādi vacanatthamanapekkhitvā pavattaṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ. Idaṃ pana bhagavāti nāmaṃ guṇanemittakaṃ, na mahāmāyāya, na suddhodanamahārājena, na asītiyā ñātisahassehi kataṃ, na sakkasantusitādīhi devatāvisesehi kataṃ. Yathāha āyasmā sāriputtatthero ‘‘bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavā’’ti (mahāni. 84).
为了阐明这个依功德特征而得的名号之含义,他们诵出如下偈颂:显示巴利原文
Yaṃ guṇanemittakañcetaṃ nāmaṃ, tesaṃ guṇānaṃ pakāsanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ vadanti –
“bhagī”,指他具足吉祥;“bhajī”,指他已恭敬亲近;“bhāgī”,指他分享功德;“vibhattavā”,指他已分别诸法——如是,
“akāsi bhagga”,指他已破坏烦恼;“garū”,指他应受尊敬;因此是“bhāgyavā”(具足吉祥、有福者)。
“bahūhi ñāyehi”意为以众多方法,“subhāvitattano”意为善修习自身。
“bhavantago”意为已到达生存的尽头,因此他被称为“世尊”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhagī bhajī bhāgī vibhattavā iti, Akāsi bhagganti garūti bhāgyavā; Bahūhi ñāyehi subhāvitattano, Bhavantago so bhagavāti vuccatī’’ti.
在《大义释》等(《大义释》84;《小义释·阿耆达童子问义释》2)中,依所说的方法,即可了知其义。显示巴利原文
Niddesādīsu (mahāni. 84; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 2) vuttanayeneva cassa attho daṭṭhabbo.
此外,还有另一种解释方式(aparo pariyāyo),如下:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana aparo pariyāyo –
“bhāgyavā”意为具吉祥者,“bhaggavā”意为已破坏者,“yutto”意为相应,“bhagehi ca vibhattavā”意为以诸吉祥而分别;
“bhattavā”意为有饭食者,“vantagamano”意为已吐弃而行者,于诸有中(bhavesu)故为世尊(bhagavā tato)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhāgyavā bhaggavā yutto, bhagehi ca vibhattavā; Bhattavā vantagamano, bhavesu bhagavā tato’’ti.
在这里,依据“字母增加、字母变异”(vaṇṇāgamo vaṇṇavipariyāyo)等词源规则(niruttilakkhaṇa),或者依据“pisodara”之类的省略规则(pisodarādipakkhepalakkhaṇa),因为世尊拥有能带来世间与出世间安乐的、圆满施戒等彼岸的吉祥(bhāgya),所以本来应当称为“bhāgyavā”,但依惯例称为“世尊(bhagavā)”,应如此理解。又因为他破坏了贪、嗔、痴、颠倒作意(viparītamanasikāra)、无惭(ahirika)、无愧(anottappa)、忿(kodha)、怨恨(upanāha)、贬损(makkha)、恼害(palāsa)、嫉妒(issā)、悭吝(macchariya)、谄(māyā)、诳(sāṭheyya)、顽固(thambha)、忿(sārambha)、慢(māna)、过慢(atimāna)、骄(mada)、放逸(pamāda)、渴爱(taṇhā)、无明(avijjā)、三种不善根(tividhākusalamūla)、恶行(duccarita)、染污(saṃkilesa)、垢(mala)、不平等(visama)、想(saññā)、寻(vitakka)、戏论(papañca)、四种颠倒(catubbidhavipariyesa)、漏(āsava)、系缚(gantha)、暴流(ogha)、轭(yoga)、非道(agati)、渴爱取(taṇhupādāna)、五种心荒芜(pañcacetokhila)、结缚(vinibandhana)、盖(nīvaraṇa)、欢喜(abhinandana)、皮(chavi)、争论之根(vivādamūla)、渴爱(taṇhā)、身(kāya)、众生(satta)、随眠(anusaya)、八邪道(aṭṭhamicchatta)、九种爱根(navataṇhāmūlaka)、十不善业道(dasākusalakammapatha)、六十二恶见(dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigata)、一百零八爱行(aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicarita)等一切苦恼热恼(sabbadarathapariḷāha)的百千烦恼(kilesasatasahassāni),或简略地说,破坏了五蕴烦恼(pañca kilesakkhandha)、行(abhisaṅkhāra)、死(maccu)、天子(devaputta)、魔(māra)。因此,由于对这些危险(parissaya)的破坏(bhaggattā),本来应当称为“bhaggavā”,而称为“世尊(bhagavā)”。对此有偈颂说:显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘vaṇṇāgamo vaṇṇavipariyāyo’’ti evaṃ niruttilakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā saddanayena vā pisodarādipakkhepalakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā yasmā lokiyalokuttarasukhābhinibbattakaṃ dānasīlādipārappattaṃ bhāgyamassa atthi, tasmā bhāgyavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccatīti ñātabbaṃ. Yasmā pana lobhadosamohaviparītamanasikāraahirikānottappakodhūpanāhamakkhapalā- issāmacchariyamāyāsāṭheyyathambhasārambhamānātimānamadapamādataṇhāvijjātividhākusalamūladuccarita- saṃkilesamalavisamasaññāvitakkapapañcacatubbidhavipariyesaāsavaganthaoghayogaagatitaṇhupādāna- pañcacetokhilavinibandhanīvaraṇābhinandanachavivādamūlataṇhākāyasattānusaya- aṭṭhamicchattanavataṇhāmūlakadasākusalakammapathadvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigata- aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritappabhedasabbadarathapariḷāhakilesasatasahassāni , saṅkhepato vā pañca kilesakkhandhaabhisaṅkhāramaccudevaputtamāre abhañji, tasmā bhaggattā etesaṃ parissayānaṃ bhaggavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati. Āha cettha –
已断贪、已断嗔、已断痴,为无漏者;
一切恶不善法皆已断除,以此故,称为世尊。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhaggarāgo bhaggadoso, bhaggamoho anāsavo; Bhaggāssa pāpakā dhammā, bhagavā tena vuccatī’’ti.
由于他具足吉祥,彰显了他具足百福相的好色身成就;由于他断除过失,彰显了他的法身成就。同样,也显示出他受到世间同类的广大尊敬,成为在家众与出家众所应亲近的对象。还显示出他有能力消除前来亲近者的身心痛苦,并以财施和法施利益他们;同时也显示出他具备以世间与出世间安乐接引众生至善处的能力。显示巴利原文
Bhāgyavatāya cassa satapuññalakkhaṇadharassa rūpakāyasampatti dīpitā hoti, bhaggadosatāya dhammakāyasampatti. Tathā lokiyasarikkhakānaṃ bahumānabhāvo, gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi abhigamanīyatā. Tathā abhigatānañca nesaṃ kāyacittadukkhāpanayane paṭibalabhāvo, āmisadānadhammadānehi upakāritā. Lokiyalokuttarasukhehi ca saṃyojanasamatthatā dīpitā hoti.
再者,在世间,“bhaga”一词通常用于六种意义:自在、法、称誉、祥瑞、欲、精勤。而世尊内心拥有最殊胜的自在,或者说,他具足一切方面圆满、为世间所承认的微细、轻快等神通自在;同样,他拥有出世间法;他拥有遍及三界、如实证得诸功德、极为清净的称誉;他拥有能令见其色身者生起眼净与心净的、一切相好圆满、诸肢节庄严的祥瑞;凡是他的希求与愿望,无论自利还是利他,都能如实成就,因此具有名为“所欲成就”的欲;并且他具有成为一切世间尊敬之因的、名为正精进的精勤。因此,由于他具足这些“bhaga”(功德),所以称为“bhagavā”(世尊)。显示巴利原文
Yasmā ca loke issariyadhammayasasirikāmapayattesu chasu dhammesu bhagasaddo vattati, paramañcassa sakacitte issariyaṃ, aṇimālaghimādikaṃ vā lokiyasammataṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ atthi, tathā lokuttaro dhammo, lokattayabyāpako yathābhuccaguṇādhigato ativiya parisuddho yaso, rūpakāyadassanabyāvaṭajananayanamanappasādajananasamatthā sabbākāraparipūrā sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasirī, yaṃ yaṃ anena icchitaṃ patthitaṃ attahitaṃ parahitaṃ vā, tassa tassa tatheva abhinipphannattā icchitatthanipphattisaññito kāmo, sabbalokagarubhāvappattihetubhūto sammāvāyāmasaṅkhāto payatto ca atthi, tasmā imehi bhagehi yuttattāpi bhagā assa santīti iminā atthena ‘‘bhagavā’’ti vuccati.
因为世尊已依善等品类分别了“一切法”,或者以蕴、处、界、谛、根、缘起等分别了善等法;又或以逼迫、有为、炽热、变易之义分别了苦圣谛,以集起、因源、结缚、障碍之义分别了集圣谛,以出离、远离、无为、不死之义分别了灭圣谛,以导向、因见、增上之义分别了道圣谛——也就是他已分别、解析、开显而宣说。因此,于应称为“vibhattavā”(分别说者)之处,却称他为“世尊”(bhagavā)。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana kusalādibhedehi sabbadhamme, khandhāyatanadhātusaccaindriyapaṭiccasamuppādādīhi vā kusalādidhamme, pīḷanasaṅkhatasantāpavipariṇāmaṭṭhena vā dukkhamariyasaccaṃ, āyūhananidānasaṃyogapalibodhaṭṭhena samudayaṃ, nissaraṇavivekāsaṅkhataamataṭṭhena nirodhaṃ, niyyānikahetudassanādhipateyyaṭṭhena maggaṃ vibhattavā, vibhajitvā vivaritvā desitavāti vuttaṃ hoti, tasmā vibhattavāti vattabbe ‘‘bhagavā’’ti vuccati.
又因为这位世尊曾遍修、勤习、多行于天住、梵住、圣住,于身远离、心远离、依远离,于空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱,以及其余世间与出世间的超人法,所以本应称为“bhattavā”(已修习者)之处,却称他为“世尊”(bhagavā)。显示巴利原文
Yasmā ca esa dibbabrahmaariyavihāre kāyacittaupadhiviveke suññatāppaṇihitānimittavimokkhe aññe ca lokiyalokuttare uttarimanussadhamme bhaji sevi bahulamakāsi, tasmā bhattavāti vattabbe ‘‘bhagavā’’ti vuccati.
再者,因为世尊已舍断三有中名为“渴爱”的“行”,所以本应说“bhavesu vantagamano”(于诸有中弃除了行),却从“有”(bhava)取“bha”音,从“行”(gamana)取“ga”音,从“弃除”(vanta)取长音的“vā”音,组合而称为“bhagavā”。正如世间本应说“mehanassa khassa mālā”(为小便所制的花环),却说成“mekhalā”(腰带)一样。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana tīsu bhavesu taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ gamanaṃ anena vantaṃ, tasmā bhavesu vantagamanoti vattabbe bhavasaddato bhakāraṃ gamanasaddato gakāraṃ vantasaddato vakārañca dīghaṃ katvā ādāya ‘‘bhagavā’’ti vuccati, yathā loke ‘‘mehanassa khassa mālā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘mekhalā’’ti.
至此,结集者以“如是我闻”这句话,在开示随所闻、随所学之法时,亲证此法后,便揭示了世尊的法身。借此安慰那些因不能亲见世尊而感到怅然之人,令他们了知:“这并非一位过去导师的教说,这位正是你们的导师。”显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā cettha evaṃ me sutanti vacanena yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ desento paccakkhaṃ katvā bhagavato dhammasarīraṃ pakāseti, tena ‘‘nayidaṃ atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, ayaṃ vo satthā’’ti bhagavato adassanena ukkaṇṭhitajanaṃ samassāseti.
「一时,世尊」这一句,指出了彼时世尊的色身已不复存在,即显示其色身般涅槃。以此警策那些沉醉于生命骄慢的人,令他们反思:「就连这样一位圣法的宣说者、具足十力、拥有金刚聚合之身的世尊,也已般涅槃,哪里还能对其他任何生命抱持期望呢?」并激励他们对正法生起精进。显示巴利原文
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavāti vacanena tasmiṃ samaye bhagavato avijjamānabhāvaṃ dassento rūpakāyaparinibbānaṃ dasseti. Tena ‘‘evaṃvidhassa imassa ariyadhammassa desetā dasabaladharo vajirasaṅghātakāyo sopi bhagavā parinibbuto, tattha kenaññena jīvite āsā janetabbā’’ti jīvitamadamattaṃ janaṃ saṃvejeti, saddhamme cassa ussāhaṃ janeti.
而且,说「如」是在指示教法的宣说成就;说「是我闻」是在指示声闻成就;说「一时」是在指示时间成就;说「世尊」是在指示说法者成就。显示巴利原文
Evanti ca bhaṇanto desanāsampattiṃ niddisati, me sutanti sāvakasampattiṃ, ekaṃ samayanti kālasampattiṃ, bhagavāti desakasampattiṃ.
关于「住于舍卫城」这一句:「舍卫城」是名为萨瓦塔的仙人曾居住的城市。如同迦甘提和玛甘提那样,依阴性名词之例而称为舍卫城——文字学者们这样认为。然而,注疏师们说:「因为凡人所受用、享用的任何东西,这里一切都有,所以称为舍卫城。」而且,在商队会集时,若问「有什么货物?」,答道「一切都有」,由此也得名舍卫城。显示巴利原文
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharatīti ettha sāvatthīti savatthassa isino nivāsaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ nagaraṃ, yathā kākandī mākandīti, evaṃ itthiliṅgavasena sāvatthīti vuccati, evaṃ akkharacintakā. Aṭṭhakathācariyā pana bhaṇanti ‘‘yaṃkiñci manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ sabbamettha atthī’’ti sāvatthī. Satthasamāyoge ca ‘‘kiṃ bhaṇḍamatthī’’ti pucchite ‘‘sabbamatthī’’ti vacanamupādāya sāvatthī.
“一切所需资具,恒常于舍卫城中具足;
因此,以一切具足之义,故称「舍卫城」。】
憍萨罗国的那座可爱都城,美妙可观,令人心旷神怡;
这座城市从未远离过十种音声,饮食丰足。
它达到了增长与广大,繁荣富庶,令人心悦;
如同诸天的阿拉卡曼达城一般,是最殊胜的舍卫城。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbadā sabbūpakaraṇaṃ, sāvatthiyaṃ samohitaṃ; Tasmā sabbamupādāya, sāvatthīti pavuccati. ‘‘Kosalānaṃ puraṃ rammaṃ, dassaneyyaṃ manoramaṃ; Dasahi saddehi avivittaṃ, annapānasamāyutaṃ. ‘‘Vuḍḍhiṃ vepullataṃ pattaṃ, iddhaṃ phītaṃ manoramaṃ; Āḷakamandāva devānaṃ, sāvatthipuramuttama’’nti. (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.14);
“在彼舍卫城”(Tassaṃ sāvatthiyaṃ):此处所用为表示邻近处所的位格。显示巴利原文
Tassaṃ sāvatthiyaṃ. Samīpatthe bhummavacanaṃ.
“住”(Viharati):此词通常笼统地表示具足某一类住,如威仪住、天住、梵住、圣住等。但在此处,它特指具足行、住、坐、卧等威仪中的任何一种。因此,无论世尊是站立、行走、坐着还是躺卧,都应理解为“住”。因为他以一种威仪消除前一种威仪所造成的疲劳,令身体持续运转而不衰坏,故称为“住”。显示巴利原文
Viharatīti avisesena iriyāpathadibbabrahmaariyavihāresu aññataravihārasamaṅgiparidīpanametaṃ. Idha pana ṭhānagamanāsanasayanappabhedesu iriyāpathesu aññatarairiyāpathasamāyogaparidīpanaṃ, tena ṭhitopi gacchantopi nisinnopi sayānopi bhagavā viharaticceva veditabbo. So hi ekaṃ iriyāpathabādhanaṃ aparena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā aparipatantaṃ attabhāvaṃ harati pavatteti. Tasmā viharatīti vuccati.
“祇园”(Jetavane):其中,“祇陀”(Jeta)意为战胜己敌者;或因国王战胜其敌后所生之子而得名;又为求吉祥而取此名,亦称为“祇陀”。“林园”(Vana)来自“令喜爱”(vanayati),意谓以其自身成就令众生生起敬爱,于自身中生起亲爱之情;又或来自“请求”(vanute),意谓林园仿佛以种种花香、令杜鹃等鸟儿陶醉的鸣声,以及被微风轻摇的枝、小枝、花、果、嫩叶与树叶,向众生发出请求:“请来享用我吧!”祇陀王子的林园,即“祇园”。因此园由祇陀王子种植、培育、守护,且为其所有,故称祇园。在祇园中。显示巴利原文
Jetavaneti ettha attano paccatthikajanaṃ jinātīti jeto, raññā vā attano paccatthikajane jite jātoti jeto, maṅgalakamyatāya vā tassa evaṃ nāmameva katantipi jeto. Vanayatīti vanaṃ, attasampadāya sattānaṃ bhattiṃ kāreti, attani sinehaṃ uppādetīti attho. Vanute iti vā vanaṃ, nānāvidhakusumagandhasammodamattakokilādivihaṅgavirutehi mandamālutacalitarukkhasākhāviṭapapupphaphalapallavapalāsehi ca ‘‘etha maṃ paribhuñjathā’’ti pāṇino yācati viyāti attho. Jetassa vanaṃ jetavanaṃ. Tañhi jetena rājakumārena ropitaṃ saṃvaḍḍhitaṃ paripālitaṃ, so ca tassa sāmī ahosi, tasmā jetavananti vuccati. Tasmiṃ jetavane.
此处“在给孤独的园中”(Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme):那位名叫须达多的居士,本是依父母所立之名;然而,因为他一切欲乐悉皆圆满,远离了垢秽与悭吝,具足悲悯等功德,恒常施食于无依无靠者,因此得到了“给孤独”(Anāthapiṇḍika)的称号。“园”(ārāma),是指众生——尤其是出家人——在此处感到欢喜,所以称为园;又因为这里有花、果、嫩芽等优美景致,并且具足了不太远、不太近等五种坐卧处的殊胜条件,从各地而来的人们在此欢悦、喜乐,安住而无厌倦,这便是它的含义。或者,由于具备上述的优越性,即使人们去了别处,它也能将人心吸引回来,令其欢喜,因此称为园。而这个园,即是居士给孤独以十八亿金钱从祇陀王子手中购得土地,再以十八亿金钱建造坐卧处,又以十八亿金钱圆满举行寺院落成大典,如此总共施舍了五十四亿金钱,奉献给以佛陀为首的比丘僧团的那座园林,因此被称为“给孤独的园”。在那给孤独的园中。显示巴利原文
Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmeti ettha sudatto nāma so gahapati mātāpitūhi katanāmavasena, sabbakāmasamiddhitāya tu vigatamalamaccheratāya karuṇādiguṇasamaṅgitāya ca niccakālaṃ anāthānaṃ piṇḍaṃ adāsi, tena anāthapiṇḍikoti saṅkhyaṃ gato. Āramanti ettha pāṇino, visesena vā pabbajitāti ārāmo, tassa pupphaphalapallavādisobhanatāya nātidūranāccāsannatādipañcavidhasenāsanaṅgasampattiyā ca tato tato āgamma ramanti abhiramanti anukkaṇṭhitā hutvā nivasantīti attho. Vuttappakārāya vā sampattiyā tattha tattha gatepi attano abbhantaraṃyeva ānetvā rametīti ārāmo. So hi anāthapiṇḍikena gahapatinā jetassa rājakumārassa hatthato aṭṭhārasahiraññakoṭisanthārena kiṇitvā aṭṭhārasahiraññakoṭīhi senāsanaṃ kārāpetvā aṭṭhārasahiraññakoṭīhi vihāramahaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā evaṃ catupaññāsāya hiraññakoṭipariccāgena buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa niyyātito, tasmā ‘‘anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo’’ti vuccati. Tasmiṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
在此,“祇园”一词是赞叹前主人,“在给孤独的园中”则是赞叹后主人。为何要作这样的赞叹?答:首先,是为了确定“此经在何处宣说”这一问题的范围;其次,是为了激励其他希求福德者见贤思齐。在这里,祇陀王子在建造门楼殿堂时,布施了卖地所得的十八亿金钱以及价值数亿的树木;给孤独则布施了五十四亿金钱。通过这样的赞叹,阿难尊者展示了“希求福德者是这样积集福德的”,从而激励其他希求福德者效仿他们。应知,这正是为了激励希求福德者随学他们的用意所在。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘jetavane’’ti vacanaṃ purimasāmiparikittanaṃ, ‘‘anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’’ti pacchimasāmiparikittanaṃ. Kimetesaṃ parikittane payojananti? Vuccate – adhikārato tāva ‘‘kattha bhāsita’’nti pucchāniyāmakaraṇaṃ aññesaṃ puññakāmānaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjane niyojanañca. Tattha hi dvārakoṭṭhakapāsādamāpane bhūmivikkayaladdhā aṭṭhārasa hiraññakoṭiyo anekakoṭiagghanakā rukkhā ca jetassa pariccāgo, catupaññāsa koṭiyo anāthapiṇḍikassa. Yato tesaṃ parikittanena ‘‘evaṃ puññakāmā puññāni karontī’’ti dassento āyasmā ānando aññepi puññakāme tesaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjane niyojeti. Evamettha puññakāmānaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjane niyojanaṃ payojananti veditabbaṃ.
于此,有人问:“如果世尊住在舍卫城,就不应说‘在祇园给孤独的园中’;如果世尊住在那儿,就不应说‘在舍卫城’。因为世尊不可能在同一时间住于两地。”答:“之前不是已经说过‘当靠近某处时可以用处格’吗?正如在恒河、阎牟那河附近游行的牛群,人们会说‘在恒河游行,在阎牟那河游行’。同样地,祇园给孤独的园位于舍卫城附近,世尊住在此处时,便说‘在舍卫城,住在祇园给孤独的园中’。应知,说‘舍卫城’是为了指出世尊托钵的村庄;后面的话,则是指出适宜出家人居住的住所。”显示巴利原文
Etthāha – ‘‘yadi tāva bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati, ‘jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’ti na vattabbaṃ. Atha tattha viharati, ‘sāvatthiya’nti na vattabbaṃ. Na hi sakkā ubhayattha ekaṃ samayaṃ viharitu’’nti. Vuccate – nanu vuttametaṃ ‘‘samīpatthe bhummavacana’’nti, yato yathā gaṅgāyamunādīnaṃ samīpe goyūthāni carantāni ‘‘gaṅgāya caranti, yamunāya carantī’’ti vuccanti, evamidhāpi yadidaṃ sāvatthiyā samīpe jetavanaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo, tattha viharanto vuccati ‘‘sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’’ti veditabbo. Gocaragāmanidassanatthaṃ hissa sāvatthivacanaṃ, pabbajitānurūpanivāsaṭṭhānanidassanatthaṃ sesavacanaṃ.
在此指出舍卫城,显示世尊对在家众的护念;指出祇园等,显示对出家众的护念。同样,前者通过接受资具,显示了世尊遮止自我折磨的苦行边;后者通过舍弃外物,显示了遮止纵欲享乐边的方法。前者显示世尊精勤于说法;后者显示世尊决意于远离。前者显示以悲心亲近众生;后者显示以智慧舍离。前者显示世尊唯以成就众生利益安乐为念;后者显示在利益他人、给予快乐时,自身毫无染着。前者显示为法乐而施舍的行相——安住轻利;后者显示致力于修习超人法的行相。前者显示对人间众生多作饶益;后者显示对天人多作饶益。前者显示生于世间、成长于世间;后者显示不为世间所染污等。显示巴利原文
Tattha sāvatthikittanena bhagavato gahaṭṭhānuggahakaraṇaṃ dasseti, jetavanādikittanena pabbajitānuggahakaraṇaṃ. Tathā purimena paccayaggahaṇato attakilamathānuyogavivajjanaṃ, pacchimena vatthukāmappahānato kāmasukhallikānuyogavajjanūpāyadassanaṃ. Purimena ca dhammadesanābhiyogaṃ, pacchimena vivekādhimuttiṃ. Purimena karuṇāya upagamanaṃ, pacchimena ca paññāya apagamanaṃ. Purimena sattānaṃ hitasukhanipphādanādhimuttitaṃ, pacchimena parahitasukhakaraṇe nirupalepataṃ. Purimena dhammikasukhāpariccāganimittaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ, pacchimena uttarimanussadhammānuyoganimittaṃ. Purimena manussānaṃ upakārabahulataṃ, pacchimena devānaṃ. Purimena loke jātassa loke saṃvaḍḍhabhāvaṃ, pacchimena lokena anupalittatanti evamādi.
“尔时”(atha kho)一词中,“尔”(atha)表示时间无间断;“时”(kho)是引出另一事端的助词。由此显示,世尊安住于彼处时,无间又发生一事。是什么事呢?就是“有一位天神”等。其中,“有一位”是不确定指称,因那位天神的姓名不为人知,故说“有一位”。“天”(deva)即天神(devatā),此词通用于男女。但此处指男性,是一位天子,只是随顺通常的名称而称为“天神”。显示巴利原文
Athāti avicchedatthe, khoti adhikārantaranidassanatthe nipāto. Tena avicchinneyeva tattha bhagavato vihāre idamadhikārantaraṃ udapādīti dasseti. Kiṃ tanti? Aññatarā devatātiādi. Tattha aññatarāti aniyamitaniddeso. Sā hi nāmagottato apākaṭā, tasmā ‘‘aññatarā’’ti vuttā. Devo eva devatā, itthipurisasādhāraṇametaṃ. Idha pana puriso eva, so devaputto kintu, sādhāraṇanāmavasena devatāti vutto.
在“已过的夜晚”(abhikkantāya rattiyā)一句中,“已过”(abhikkanta)一词见于灭尽、美妙、相称、随喜等义。例如,在“尊者,夜已过,初夜分已尽,比丘僧团久坐,请世尊为比丘们诵巴帝摩卡”等语句中(《小品》383;《增支部》8.20),表示灭尽。在“这四类人之中,此人更为殊胜、更为优异”等语句中(《增支部》4.100),表示美妙。显示巴利原文
Abhikkantāya rattiyāti ettha abhikkantasaddo khayasundarābhirūpaabbhanumodanādīsu dissati. Tattha ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho, uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 383; a. ni. 8.20) khaye dissati. ‘‘Ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 4.100) sundare.
‘‘Ko me vandati pādāni, iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ; Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā’’ti. (vi. va. 857); –
如“妙哉,乔达摩尊者!妙哉,乔达摩尊者!”等句中,它表示随喜赞叹。但此处取“灭尽”之义。因此,“已过的夜晚”即指“灭尽的夜晚”。显示巴利原文
Evamādīsu abhirūpe. ‘‘Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 2.16; pārā. 15) abbhanumodane. Idha pana khaye. Tena abhikkantāya rattiyāti parikkhīṇāya rattiyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
在“容色超绝”(abhikkantavaṇṇā)一语中,“超绝”(abhikkanta)是美妙的意思;而“色”(vaṇṇa)一词,则可用于肤色、称赞、族姓类别、原因、形状、量、色处等多种意义。其中,于“世尊是金色容色”等语句(《中部》2.399;《经集》553)中,指肤色;于“居士,你何时收集了这些关于沙门乔达摩的称赞?”等语句(《中部》2.77)中,指称赞;于“乔达摩,有四姓”等语句(《长部》3.115)中,指族姓类别;于“以何因由,故称为香?”等语句(《相应部》1.234)中,指原因;于“化作大象王之形”等语句(《相应部》1.138)中,指形状;于“钵有三种量”等语句中,指量;于“色、香、味、食素”等语句中,指色处。在此,“色”应理解为肤色。因此,“容色超绝”是说肤色美妙,即“肤色极佳”。显示巴利原文
Abhikkantavaṇṇāti ettha abhikkantasaddo abhirūpe, vaṇṇasaddo pana chavithutikulavaggakāraṇasaṇṭhānapamāṇarūpāyatanādīsu dissati. Tattha ‘‘suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 553) chaviyaṃ. ‘‘Kadā saññūḷhā pana te gahapati ime samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 2.77) thutiyaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bho gotama, vaṇṇā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 3.115) kulavagge. ‘‘Atha kena nu vaṇṇena, gandhathenoti vuccatī’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.234) kāraṇe. ‘‘Mahantaṃ hatthirājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.138) saṇṭhāne. ‘‘Tayo pattassa vaṇṇā’’ti evamādīsu pamāṇe. ‘‘Vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā’’ti evamādīsu rūpāyatane. So idha chaviyaṃ daṭṭhabbo. Tena abhikkantavaṇṇāti abhirūpacchavīti vuttaṃ hoti.
在“全竹林”(kevalakappaṃ)一语中,“全”(kevala)一词有“无余”“多数”“不混杂”“无多出”“坚固性”“离散”等多种含义。例如:“唯圆满、清净的梵行”(《巴拉基咖》1)等语句中,表无余义;“全盎嘎-摩揭陀人带着大量嚼食、啖食前来”(《大品》43)等语句中,表多数义;“唯是苦蕴之集起”(《分别》225)等语句中,表不混杂义;“想必此具寿唯是信而已”(《大品》244)等语句中,表无多出义;“尊者,具寿阿那律的同住比丘名为巴希亚者,为分裂僧伽而坚定地站着”(《增支部》4.243)等语句中,表坚固义;“已圆满者、已住者被称为至上士夫”(《相应部》3.57)等语句中,表离散义。此处即取其无余之义。显示巴利原文
Kevalakappanti ettha kevalasaddo anavasesayebhuyyaabyāmissānatirekadaḷhatthavisaṃyogādianekattho . Tathā hissa ‘‘kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariya’’nti evamādīsu (pārā. 1) anavasesatā attho. ‘‘Kevalakappā ca aṅgamāgadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya upasaṅkamissantī’’ti evamādīsu (mahāva. 43) yebhuyyatā. ‘‘Kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti evamādīsu (vibha. 225) abyāmissatā. ‘‘Kevalaṃ saddhāmattakaṃ nūna ayamāyasmā’’ti evamādīsu (mahāva. 244) anatirekatā. ‘‘Āyasmato, bhante, anuruddhassa bāhiyo nāma saddhivihāriko kevalakappaṃ saṅghabhedāya ṭhito’’ti evamādīsu (a. ni. 4.243) daḷhatthatā. ‘‘Kevalī vusitavā uttamapurisoti vuccatī’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.57) visaṃyogo. Idha panassa anavasesattamattho adhippeto.
再者,“劫”(kappa)一词,有信解、称谓、时间、施设、剪断、方式、少许、周围等多种含义。例如:“这确是应信解的,尊贵的乔答摩,正如其是阿拉汉、正自觉者”(《中部》1.387)等语句中,表信解义;“比丘们,我允许以五种沙门的方式受用水果”(《小品》250)等语句中,表称谓义;“我常时地如此安住”(《中部》1.387)等语句中,表时间义;“此是名为劫的具寿”(《经集》1098;《小品·劫童子问》117,《劫童子问释义》61)等语句中,表施设义;“装饰以修剪须发者”(《本生》2.22.1368)等语句中,表剪断义;“两指许的方式是允许的”(《小品》446)等语句中,表方式义;“有少许可卧”(《增支部》8.80)等语句中,表少许义;“以全竹林之光明,遍照竹林”(《相应部》1.94)等语句中,表周围义。这里则取其“周围”之义。因此,“全竹林遍照祇园”一句,应理解为毫无遗漏地、全方位地遍照了祇园。显示巴利原文
Kappasaddo panāyaṃ abhisaddahanavohārakālapaññattichedanavikappalesasamantabhāvādianekattho. Tathā hissa ‘‘okappanīyametaṃ bhoto gotamassa, yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) abhisaddahanamattho. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahi samaṇakappehi phalaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 250) vohāro. ‘‘Yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) kālo. ‘‘Iccāyasmā kappo’’ti evamādīsu (su. ni. 1098; cūḷani. kappamāṇavapucchā 117, kappamāṇavapucchāniddesa 61) paññatti. ‘‘Alaṅkato kappitakesamassū’’ti evamādīsu (jā. 2.22.1368) chedanaṃ. ‘‘Kappati dvaṅgulakappo’’ti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 446) vikappo. ‘‘Atthi kappo nipajjitu’’nti evamādīsu (a. ni. 8.80) leso. ‘‘Kevalakappaṃ veḷuvanaṃ obhāsetvā’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.94) samantabhāvo. Idha panassa samantabhāvo attho adhippeto. Yato kevalakappaṃ jetavananti ettha anavasesaṃ samantato jetavananti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
“遍照”(obhāsetvā)是指以光明遍满,犹如月天子、日天子那样,令一切成为一片光明、一片辉耀。显示巴利原文
Obhāsetvāti ābhāya pharitvā, candimā viya sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekapajjotaṃ karitvāti attho.
“世尊所在之处,便前往彼处”(yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamī)这一句中,是以具格表示处所义。应知意思是:世尊在哪里,她就去到哪里。或者也可以这样理解:世尊因何种功德而值得天人亲近,她便以那样的方式前往亲近。那么,世尊因何种功德而值得亲近呢?正如群鸟常愿亲近那棵常结果实的大树以享用甘果,世尊也因成就了种种殊胜功德而值得人天亲近。“前往”(upasaṅkamī)的意思是“去了”。说“前往……之后”(upasaṅkamitvā),是表明前往的动作已经完成。或者意为:这样去了之后,又到了更近的地方,即所谓世尊近旁之处。“顶礼世尊之后”(bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā),就是向世尊敬礼、躬行、礼拜之后。显示巴利原文
Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti bhummatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Yato yattha bhagavā, tattha upasaṅkamīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yena vā kāraṇena bhagavā devamanussehi upasaṅkamitabbo, teneva kāraṇena upasaṅkamīti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Kena ca kāraṇena bhagavā upasaṅkamitabbo? Nānappakāraguṇavisesādhigamādhippāyena, sādurasaphalūpabhogādhippāyena dijagaṇehi niccaphalitamahārukkho viya. Upasaṅkamīti ca gatāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasaṅkamitvāti upasaṅkamanapariyosānadīpanaṃ . Atha vā evaṃ gatā tato āsannataraṃ ṭhānaṃ bhagavato samīpasaṅkhātaṃ gantvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvāti bhagavantaṃ vanditvā paṇamitvā namassitvā.
“在一边”(ekamantaṃ)是中性名词的表述,意为“在一个地方”、“在一旁”。或者说,这是处所义的对格用法。“站立”(aṭṭhāsi)则排除了坐下等动作,意为她采取了站姿,就这样站着。显示巴利原文
Ekamantanti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso ekokāsaṃ ekapassanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhummatthe vā upayogavacanaṃ. Aṭṭhāsīti nisajjādipaṭikkhepo, ṭhānaṃ kappesi, ṭhitā ahosīti attho.
她又得以何种方式,称为「站在一边」呢?显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ ṭhitā pana sā ekamantaṃ ṭhitā ahūti?
不在身后,不在面前;亦非过近,亦非过远;
不在腋处,非在逆风之处,也不在过卑或过高之处;
她避开这些过患,便站在了一边。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na pacchato na purato, nāpi āsannadūrato; Na kacche nopi paṭivāte, na cāpi oṇatuṇṇate; Ime dose vivajjetvā, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā ahū’’ti.
那么,她为何只站立而不坐下呢?是因为她急于返回。天界的众天神是为了某种因缘才来人界的,如同爱干净的人前往厕所。以她们的本性,人界从百由旬之外便因恶臭而令其感到可厌,她们并不乐于在此处停留。因此,这位天神办完所来之事后,为求速返,便未坐下。再者,凡夫是为了消除行、住、坐、卧等威仪所带来的疲劳而坐下的,天人则并无这些疲劳,这也是她不坐下的原因。而且,当时那些大弟子们正围绕着世尊站立,她若坐下,便需向他们表示礼敬与应酬,因此她也不坐。此外,纯粹出于对世尊的恭敬,她也不坐。须知,天人若想坐下,座位是能自然化现的。她不愿如此,因此连坐下的念头都未生起,只是站在一边。显示巴利原文
Kasmā panāyaṃ aṭṭhāsi eva, na nisīdīti? Lahuṃ nivattitukāmatāya. Devatāyo hi kañcideva atthavasaṃ paṭicca sucipuriso viya vaccaṭṭhānaṃ manussalokaṃ āgacchanti. Pakatiyā pana tāsaṃ yojanasatato pabhuti manussaloko duggandhatāya paṭikūlo hoti, na ettha abhiramanti, tena sā āgatakiccaṃ katvā lahuṃ nivattitukāmatāya na nisīdi. Yassa ca gamanādiiriyāpathaparissamassa vinodanatthaṃ nisīdanti, so devānaṃ parissamo natthi, tasmāpi na nisīdi. Ye ca mahāsāvakā bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā ṭhitā, te patimāneti, tasmāpi na nisīdi. Apica bhagavati gāraveneva na nisīdi. Devatānañhi nisīditukāmānaṃ āsanaṃ nibbattati, taṃ anicchamānā nisajjāya cittampi akatvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
“她便站在一边”的意思是:这位天神正是由于以上种种原因,才站在了一边。“她以偈颂对世尊说”的意思是:她以字词明确、组织成章的语言对世尊说了如下的话。她是怎么说的呢?“众多的天神与人……请您讲述那至高的吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatāti evaṃ imehi kāraṇehi ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā. Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsīti bhagavantaṃ akkharapadaniyamitaganthitena vacanena abhāsīti attho. Kathaṃ? Bahū devā manussā ca…pe… brūhi maṅgalamuttamanti.
吉祥问题缘起的解说显示巴利原文
Maṅgalapañhasamuṭṭhānakathā
在此,由于先前所立的纲要中说:「解说『如是』等语的种种义时,先述其缘起」,而此处正是应说明此缘起之处,故我且先说吉祥问的缘起,随后再解释这些偈颂的词义。什么是吉祥问的缘起呢?据说,在赡部洲各处,人们聚集在城门、集会堂等地方,施与金钱、金银,请人讲述诸如纳凉、娱乐等故事,每一种故事都要讲满四个月方才结束。一日,就在这样的场合,兴起了一场关于吉祥的议论,众人纷纷讨论:「什么才是吉祥?什么是所见吉祥、所闻吉祥、所触吉祥?又有谁知道吉祥呢?」显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā ‘‘evamiccādipāṭhassa, atthaṃ nānappakārato. Vaṇṇayanto samuṭṭhānaṃ, vatvā’’ti mātikā ṭhapitā, tassa ca samuṭṭhānassa ayaṃ vattabbatāya okāso, tasmā maṅgalapañhasamuṭṭhānaṃ tāva vatvā pacchā imesaṃ gāthāpadānamatthaṃ vaṇṇayissāmi. Kiñca maṅgalapañhasamuṭṭhānaṃ? Jambudīpe kira tattha tattha nagaradvārasanthāgārasabhādīsu mahājano sannipatitvā hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ datvā nānappakāraṃ sītāharaṇādikathaṃ kathāpeti, ekekā kathā catumāsaccayena niṭṭhāti. Tattha ekadivasaṃ maṅgalakathā samuṭṭhāsi ‘‘kiṃ nu kho maṅgalaṃ, kiṃ diṭṭhaṃ maṅgalaṃ, sutaṃ maṅgalaṃ, mutaṃ maṅgalaṃ, ko maṅgalaṃ jānātī’’ti.
那时,有一位称为「见吉祥者」的人说:「我知道吉祥。世间所谓的见吉祥,即是见到了被公认最为祥瑞的色相。也就是说:有人清晨起来,见到杜鹃鸟,或见到木苹果树的枝条,或怀孕的妇人,或盛装打扮的孩童,或装满水的满瓶,或鲜活的红色鱼,或良马,或良马所驾的车,或公牛,或母牛,或黄褐色的牛,乃至见到其他任何被人们认为最祥瑞的色相。这便是见吉祥。」有些人接受了他的说法,有些人则不然,那些不接受的人便与他争论起来。显示巴利原文
Atha diṭṭhamaṅgaliko nāmeko puriso āha ‘‘ahaṃ maṅgalaṃ jānāmi, diṭṭhaṃ loke maṅgalaṃ diṭṭhaṃ nāma abhimaṅgalasammataṃ rūpaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco kālasseva vuṭṭhāya cātakasakuṇaṃ vā passati, beluvalaṭṭhiṃ vā gabbhiniṃ vā kumārake vā alaṅkatapaṭiyatte puṇṇaghaṭe vā allarohitamacchaṃ vā ājaññaṃ vā ājaññarathaṃ vā usabhaṃ vā gāviṃ vā kapilaṃ vā, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci evarūpaṃ abhimaṅgalasammataṃ rūpaṃ passati, idaṃ vuccati diṭṭhamaṅgala’’nti. Tassa vacanaṃ ekacce aggahesuṃ, ekacce na aggahesuṃ. Ye na aggahesuṃ, te tena saha vivadiṃsu.
接着,一位称为「闻吉祥者」的人说道:「朋友,眼睛既能看见清净的,也能看见不清净的;同样,既能看见美的,也能看见丑的;既能看见悦意的,也能看见不悦意的。若因此眼所见的便是吉祥,那一切所见都应是吉祥了。所以,所见并不能算是吉祥。依我之见,所闻才是吉祥。所谓所闻,是指被公认最上等的祥瑞音声。例如:有人清晨起来,听到他人说『增长』、『增广』、『圆满』、『弗沙』、『善思』、『吉祥』、『吉祥增长』等语,或听到『今日是好星宿、好时刻、好日子、好吉祥』之类的话,乃至听到其他任何被公认最上等的祥瑞音声。这便是闻吉祥。」有些人接受了他的说法,有些人不接受,那些不接受的人便和他争论起来。显示巴利原文
Atha sutamaṅgaliko nāma eko puriso āha – ‘‘cakkhunāmetaṃ, bho, sucimpi passati asucimpi, tathā sundarampi, asundarampi, manāpampi, amanāpampi. Yadi tena diṭṭhaṃ maṅgalaṃ siyā, sabbampi maṅgalaṃ siyā. Tasmā na diṭṭhaṃ maṅgalaṃ, apica kho pana sutaṃ maṅgalaṃ. Sutaṃ nāma abhimaṅgalasammato saddo. Seyyathidaṃ? Idhekacco kālasseva vuṭṭhāya vaḍḍhāti vā vaḍḍhamānāti vā puṇṇāti vā phussāti vā sumanāti vā sirīti vā sirivaḍḍhāti vā ajja sunakkhattaṃ sumuhuttaṃ sudivasaṃ sumaṅgalanti evarūpaṃ vā yaṃkiñci abhimaṅgalasammataṃ saddaṃ suṇāti, idaṃ vuccati sutamaṅgala’’nti. Tassāpi vacanaṃ ekacce aggahesuṃ, ekacce na aggahesuṃ. Ye na aggahesuṃ, te tena saha vivadiṃsu.
这时,一位名叫‘触吉祥者’的人说道:“朋友,这耳朵既能听闻美善之声,也能听闻不善之声;既能听闻悦耳可意之声,也能听闻刺耳不可意之声。若因为耳之所闻便为吉祥,那么凡有所闻皆成吉祥了。因此,‘所闻’并非吉祥。然而,我认为‘所触’才是吉祥。所谓‘所触’,即是被视为最胜吉祥的香、味、所触。例如:有人清晨早起,嗅闻莲花等花香,或咀嚼弗沙木所制齿木,或触摸大地,或抚触青绿秧苗、新鲜牛粪、乌龟、芝麻、花朵、果实,或以弗沙泥涂身,或着弗沙衣,或戴弗沙头巾。又或对其它任何这般被公认为最胜吉祥的香、味、所触有所嗅、尝、触,这便名为‘触吉祥’。”他这番言论,同样有人认可,有人不认可。显示巴利原文
Atha mutamaṅgaliko nāmeko puriso āha ‘‘sotampi hi nāmetaṃ, bho, sādhumpi asādhumpi manāpampi amanāpampi saddaṃ suṇāti. Yadi tena sutaṃ maṅgalaṃ siyā, sabbampi maṅgalaṃ siyā. Tasmā na sutaṃ maṅgalaṃ, apica kho pana mutaṃ maṅgalaṃ. Mutaṃ nāma abhimaṅgalasammataṃ gandharasaphoṭṭhabbaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco kālasseva vuṭṭhāya padumagandhādipupphagandhaṃ vā ghāyati, phussadantakaṭṭhaṃ vā khādati, pathaviṃ vā āmasati, haritasassaṃ vā allagomayaṃ vā kacchapaṃ vā tilaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā āmasati, phussamattikāya vā sammā limpati, phussasāṭakaṃ vā nivāseti, phussaveṭhanaṃ vā dhāreti. Yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci evarūpaṃ abhimaṅgalasammataṃ gandhaṃ vā ghāyati, rasaṃ vā sāyati, phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā phusati, idaṃ vuccati mutamaṅgala’’nti. Tassāpi vacanaṃ ekacce aggahesuṃ, ekacce na aggahesuṃ.
对此,那位见吉祥者未能说服闻吉祥者与触吉祥者,三者之中,也无一能说服其余二人。而在众人当中,信受见吉祥者之说的人,便执持‘唯所见是吉祥’;信受闻吉祥者与触吉祥者之说的人,则各自执持‘唯所闻是吉祥’、‘唯所触是吉祥’。如是,这场关于吉祥的论议便遍传于整个赡部洲洲。显示巴利原文
Tattha na diṭṭhamaṅgaliko sutamutamaṅgalike asakkhi ñāpetuṃ, na tesaṃ aññataro itare dve. Tesu ca manussesu ye diṭṭhamaṅgalikassa vacanaṃ gaṇhiṃsu, te ‘‘diṭṭhaṃyeva maṅgala’’nti gatā. Ye sutamutamaṅgalikānaṃ, te ‘‘sutaṃyeva mutaṃyeva maṅgala’’nti gatā. Evamayaṃ maṅgalakathā sakalajambudīpe pākaṭā jātā.
那时,整个赡部洲洲的人们聚合成群,思考着‘什么才是吉祥’,而推究种种吉祥。这些人的守护天神听闻此论后,也同样推究起吉祥来。那些守护天神与地居天神为友,地居天神闻后,亦同样推究吉祥;地居天神与空居天神为友,空居天神又与四大王天为友。依此辗转,乃至善见天天神与色究竟天天神为友;色究竟天的天神听闻后,也同样聚合成群,推究吉祥。如是,乃至一万轮围世界之中,处处皆兴起了对吉祥的推究。此推究既起,众人虽欲判定‘此是吉祥,彼是吉祥’,却始终未能得出定论,如此持续了十二年。一切人、天与梵天,除圣弟子外,皆依所见、所闻、所触而分裂为三派。竟无一人能如实决了:‘唯此是吉祥’。于是,世间生起了吉祥的大喧嚣。显示巴利原文
Atha sakalajambudīpe manussā gumbagumbā hutvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho maṅgala’’nti maṅgalāni cintayiṃsu. Tesaṃ manussānaṃ ārakkhadevatā taṃ kathaṃ sutvā tatheva maṅgalāni cintayiṃsu. Tāsaṃ devatānaṃ bhummadevatā mittā honti, atha tato sutvā bhummadevatāpi tatheva maṅgalāni cintayiṃsu, tāsaṃ devatānaṃ ākāsaṭṭhadevatā mittā honti, ākāsaṭṭhadevatānaṃ catumahārājikā devatā mittā honti, etenupāyena yāva sudassīdevatānaṃ akaniṭṭhadevatā mittā honti, atha tato sutvā akaniṭṭhadevatāpi tatheva gumbagumbā hutvā maṅgalāni cintayiṃsu. Evaṃ yāva dasasahassacakkavāḷesu sabbattha maṅgalacintā udapādi. Uppannā ca ‘‘idaṃ maṅgalaṃ idaṃ maṅgala’’nti vinicchayamānāpi appattā eva vinicchayaṃ dvādasa vassāni aṭṭhāsi. Sabbe manussā ca devā ca brahmāno ca ṭhapetvā ariyasāvake diṭṭhasutamutavasena tidhā bhinnā. Ekopi ‘‘idameva maṅgala’’nti yathābhuccato niṭṭhaṅgato nāhosi, maṅgalakolāhalaṃ loke uppajji.
所谓的喧嚣有五种:劫喧嚣、转轮王喧嚣、佛陀喧嚣、吉祥喧嚣、牟尼行喧嚣。其中,欲界的天神们披散头发、泪流满面,以手拭泪,身着红衣,作极丑恶的打扮,在人间巡走宣告:‘诸位贤友,再过十万年,劫就将出现;这个世界将会毁灭,大海将会枯竭,这座大地与须弥山王都将燃烧、毁灭;世界的毁灭将一直蔓延到梵天界。诸位贤友,请修习慈心!请修习悲心、喜心、舍心!请恭敬奉养母亲,恭敬奉养父亲,尊重家族中的长辈!请保持觉醒,切莫放逸!’这就叫做劫喧嚣。显示巴利原文
Kolāhalaṃ nāma pañcavidhaṃ kappakolāhalaṃ, cakkavattikolāhalaṃ, buddhakolāhalaṃ, maṅgalakolāhalaṃ, moneyyakolāhalanti. Tattha kāmāvacaradevā muttasirā vikiṇṇakesā rudammukhā assūni hatthehi puñchamānā rattavatthanivatthā ativiya virūpavesadhārino hutvā ‘‘vassasatasahassaccayena kappuṭṭhānaṃ hohiti, ayaṃ loko vinassissati, mahāsamuddo sussissati, ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā uḍḍhayhissati vinassissati, yāva brahmalokā lokavināso bhavissati, mettaṃ mārisā bhāvetha, karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ mārisā bhāvetha, mātaraṃ upaṭṭhahatha, pitaraṃ upaṭṭhahatha, kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino hotha, jāgaratha mā pamādatthā’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ kappakolāhalaṃ nāma.
欲界天神们在人间巡走并宣告:‘再过一百年,转轮王将出现于世间。’这就叫做转轮王喧嚣。而净居天的天神们以梵天的璎珞装扮自己,头戴梵天的头巾,满怀喜悦,称扬佛陀的功德,在人间巡走并宣告:‘再过一千年,佛陀将出现于世间。’这就叫做佛陀喧嚣。净居天的天神们遍知诸天与人的心念后,在人间巡走并宣告:‘再过十二年,正自觉者将开示吉祥。’这就叫做吉祥喧嚣。净居天的天神们在人间巡走并宣告:‘再过七年,有一位比丘将与世尊相见,请问牟尼行道。’这就叫做牟尼行喧嚣。在这五种喧嚣中,当时于世间生起的,正是这天与人的吉祥喧嚣。显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacaradevāyeva ‘‘vassasatassaccayena cakkavattirājā loke uppajjissatī’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ cakkavattikolāhalaṃ nāma. Suddhāvāsā pana devā brahmābharaṇena alaṅkaritvā brahmaveṭhanaṃ sīse katvā pītisomanassajātā buddhaguṇavādino ‘‘vassasahassaccayena buddho loke uppajjissatī’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ buddhakolāhalaṃ nāma. Suddhāvāsā eva devā devamanussānaṃ cittaṃ ñatvā ‘‘dvādasannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena sammāsambuddho maṅgalaṃ kathessatī’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ maṅgalakolāhalaṃ nāma. Suddhāvāsā eva devā ‘‘sattannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena aññataro bhikkhu bhagavatā saddhiṃ samāgamma moneyyappaṭipadaṃ pucchissatī’’ti manussapathe vicaritvā ārocenti. Idaṃ moneyyakolāhalaṃ nāma. Imesu pañcasu kolāhalesu devamanussānaṃ idaṃ maṅgalakolāhalaṃ loke uppajji.
当时,在天神与人类中反复地寻找、抉择,却始终寻不到吉祥。过了十二年,三十三天的天神们聚集在一起,共同商议道:‘正如一家之主是家中众人的统领,一村之主是村民的统领,国王是一切人的统领,同样地,这位帝释天王以他的福德、威光、自在和智慧,是我们当中最尊最上的,是这两座天界的主宰。我们何不去向帝释天王请问此事呢?’于是,她们前往帝释那里。那时,帝释天王正坐在波利质多罗树下的黄色毛毯宝座上,身披与当时相称的衣饰,闪耀着光彩,被二亿五千万天女众所围绕。她们上前礼敬后,退立一边,对帝释这样说:‘尊敬的主,愿您知晓:现今吉祥之问已经生起。有些人说“所见是吉祥”,有些人说“所闻是吉祥”,有些人说“所触是吉祥”。对于这件事,我们与其他天人都未能作出定论。善哉,请您如实地为我们解说吧。’帝释天王本来就深具智慧,问道:‘这个吉祥的议论,最早是从哪里生起的?’她们回答:‘天王,我们是听四大王天的天神说的。’于是,四大王天说是听空居天说的,空居天说是听地居天说的,地居天说是听人间守护神说的,人间守护神则说:显示巴利原文
Atha devesu ca manussesu ca vicinitvā vicinitvā maṅgalāni alabhamānesu dvādasannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatā saṅgamma samāgamma evaṃ samacintesuṃ ‘‘seyyathāpi nāma gharasāmiko antogharajanānaṃ, gāmasāmiko gāmavāsīnaṃ , rājā sabbamanussānaṃ, evameva ayaṃ sakko devānamindo amhākaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca yadidaṃ puññena tejena issariyena paññāya dvinnaṃ devalokānaṃ adhipati, yaṃnūna mayaṃ sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyāmā’’ti. Tā sakkassa santikaṃ gantvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ taṅkhaṇānurūpanivāsanābharaṇasassirikasarīraṃ aḍḍhateyyakoṭiaccharāgaṇaparivutaṃ pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalavarāsane nisinnaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhatvā etadavocuṃ ‘‘yagghe, mārisa, jāneyyāsi, etarahi maṅgalapañhā samuṭṭhitā, eke ‘diṭṭhaṃ maṅgala’nti vadanti, eke ‘sutaṃ maṅgala’nti, eke ‘mutaṃ maṅgala’nti, tattha mayañca aññe ca aniṭṭhaṅgatā, sādhu vata no tvaṃ yāthāvato byākarohī’’ti. Devarājā pakatiyāpi paññavā ‘‘ayaṃ maṅgalakathā kattha paṭhamaṃ samuṭṭhitā’’ti āha. ‘‘Mayaṃ, deva, cātumahārājikānaṃ assumhā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato cātumahārājikā ākāsaṭṭhadevatānaṃ, ākāsaṭṭhadevatā bhummadevatānaṃ, bhummadevatā manussārakkhadevatānaṃ, manussārakkhadevatā ‘‘manussaloke samuṭṭhitā’’ti āhaṃsu.
于是,帝释天王问道:“那位正自觉者现今住在何处?”众天答道:“在人界,天王。”帝释又问:“可有哪一位去请问过彼世尊吗?”“天王,无有一位天众去请问过。”帝释说道:“诸位贤友,你们这是丢弃火把,反去点亮萤火虫吗?你们竟然认为,那位能开示无余吉祥的世尊可以越过,反来问我。来吧,诸位贤友,让我们一同去请问彼世尊,定能获得一份光明而透彻的回答。”说完,他便吩咐一位天子:“你去向彼世尊请问吧。”那位天子便以与其身份相称的饰物庄严自身,光芒闪耀如同电光,在天众簇拥之下,来到祇园大精舍,向世尊致敬后,立于一旁,以偈颂问出了那个关于吉祥的问题:“众多天神与人类……”显示巴利原文
Atha devānamindo ‘‘sammāsambuddho kattha vasatī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Manussaloke devā’’ti āhaṃsu. Taṃ bhagavantaṃ koci pucchīti, na koci devāti . Kinnu nāma tumhe mārisā aggiṃ chaḍḍetvā khajjopanakaṃ ujjāletha, yena tumhe anavasesamaṅgaladesakaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ atikkamitvā maṃ pucchitabbaṃ maññatha, āgacchatha mārisā, taṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchāma, addhā sassirikaṃ pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ labhissāmāti ekaṃ devaputtaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘taṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchā’’ti. So devaputto taṅkhaṇānurūpena alaṅkārena attānaṃ alaṅkaritvā vijjuriva vijjotamāno devagaṇaparivuto jetavanamahāvihāraṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhatvā maṅgalapañhaṃ pucchanto gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ‘‘bahū devā manussā cā’’ti.
这就是吉祥问题的因缘。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ maṅgalapañhasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
“众多天神”等偈颂的注释显示巴利原文
Bahūdevātigāthāvaṇṇanā
2 现在对偈颂的字句进行意义注释。「众多」:这是不定数量的标示,由此表达的是“数百、数千、数十万”之意。「天」:因他们嬉戏,故名为天,即他们以五种欲功德嬉戏,或者以自身的光辉照耀,这是它的词义。再者,“天”有三种:假名天、再生天、清净天。这正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
2. Idāni gāthāpadānaṃ atthavaṇṇanā hoti. Bahūti aniyamitasaṅkhyāniddeso, tena anekasatā anekasahassā anekasatasahassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Dibbantīti devā, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi kīḷanti, attano vā siriyā jotentīti attho. Apica devāti tividhā devā sammutiupapattivisuddhivasena. Yathāha –
“天有三种:假名天、生天、清净天。其中,假名天指国王、王后及王子;生天指从四大王天以上的诸天;清净天指阿拉汉。”(《小部·陶他咖青年问经解说 32》,《彼岸道随喜偈解说 119》)显示巴利原文
‘‘Devāti tayo devā – sammutidevā, upapattidevā, visuddhidevā. Tattha sammutidevā nāma rājāno deviyo rājakumārā. Upapattidevā nāma cātumahārājike deve upādāya taduttaridevā. Visuddhidevā nāma arahanto vuccantī’’ti (cūḷani. dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 32, pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 119).
此处所说的天,是指生天。“人”:因为是摩奴的子孙,故称为人。古德又说:因为心的增盛,故称为人。人有四种,即赡部洲人、西牛货洲人、郁单越人、东胜身洲人,这里指的是赡部洲人。“吉祥”:意为广大,这些众生由此获得成就与增长。“曾遍寻”:曾经思考、希求、欲求、渴望、羡慕。“安稳”:安稳的状态,指具备一切现世利益与来世利益的妙好、善美、贤善之法。“说”:开示、阐明、宣说、分别、彰显。“吉祥”:是成就之因、增长之因、一切成就之因。“最上”:殊胜、最胜,能带来一切世间的利益与安乐。以上就是这首偈颂的逐词注释。显示巴利原文
Tesu idha upapattidevā adhippetā. Manuno apaccāti manussā. Porāṇā pana bhaṇanti – manaso ussannatāya manussā. Te jambudīpakā, aparagoyānakā, uttarakurukā, pubbavidehakāti catubbidhā, idha jambudīpakā adhippetā. Maṅgalanti mahanti imehi sattāti maṅgalāni, iddhiṃ vuddhiñca pāpuṇantīti attho. Acintayunti cintesuṃ ākaṅkhamānāti icchamānā patthayamānā pihayamānā. Sotthānanti sotthibhāvaṃ, sabbesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikānaṃ sobhanānaṃ sundarānaṃ kalyāṇānaṃ dhammānamatthitanti vuttaṃ hoti. Brūhīti desehi pakāsehi, ācikkha vivara vibhaja uttānīkarohi. Maṅgalanti iddhikāraṇaṃ vuddhikāraṇaṃ sabbasampattikāraṇaṃ. Uttamanti visiṭṭhaṃ pavaraṃ sabbalokahitasukhāvahanti ayaṃ gāthāya anupubbapadavaṇṇanā.
概括来说,那位天子见到:来自一万轮围世界的诸天神,由于渴望听闻吉祥问题而聚集于此轮围世界,他们变出仅容毫毛尖那般极为微细的身体,化成十位、二十位、三十位、四十位、五十位、六十位、七十位乃至八十位,以容色与威光遮耀一切天、魔、梵天,围绕在安坐于敷设的殊胜佛座上的世尊旁边恭敬而立。那时,他又以心知晓未来一切赡部洲人心中所遍寻的,为了拔除一切天人的疑箭,便这样说道:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana piṇḍattho – so devaputto dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatā maṅgalapañhaṃ sotukāmatāya imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe sannipatitvā ekavālaggakoṭiokāsamatte dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi saṭṭhipi sattatipi asītipi sukhumattabhāve nimminitvā sabbadevamārabrahmāno siriyā ca tejasā ca adhiggayha virocamānaṃ paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā ṭhitā disvā tasmiñca samaye anāgatānampi sakalajambudīpakānaṃ manussānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sabbadevamanussānaṃ vicikicchāsallasamuddharaṇatthaṃ āha –
众多天神与人,遍思何为吉祥;
渴望安稳,祈请宣说最上吉祥。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahū devā manussā ca, maṅgalāni acintayuṃ; Ākaṅkhamānā sotthānaṃ, brūhi maṅgalamuttama’’nti.
我得诸天允许,并为饶益世间人,以此请问世尊:‘世尊!请您慈悯,为我们宣说那个能带来最究竟利益与安乐的最上吉祥。’显示巴利原文
Tāsaṃ devatānaṃ anumatiyā manussānañca anuggahena mayā puṭṭho samāno yaṃ sabbesameva amhākaṃ ekantahitasukhāvahato uttamaṃ maṅgalaṃ, taṃ no anukampaṃ upādāya brūhi bhagavāti.
这是对‘不亲近’等偈颂的注释。显示巴利原文
Asevanācātigāthāvaṇṇanā
3 如此,世尊听了那位天子的话后,便宣说了“不亲近愚者”等偈颂。其中,「不亲近」指不交往、不接近。「愚者」:因以呼吸生存而得名愚者,意指仅靠呼吸活命,而非依智慧而活;其词形“这些愚者的”即指这些愚人。「智者」:因以智慧洞察而得名智者,意指于现世与来世的利益上,能以智慧而行;其词形“这些智者的”即指这些智者。「亲近」指交往、接近、与之为伴、与之相处、相合、尊崇,亦即恭敬、尊重、敬仰、礼拜。「应供养者」指值得供养之人。「此是最高吉祥」:综合不亲近愚者、亲近智者及供养应供养者这一切,而说“此是最高吉祥”。其含义是:你问“请说最高吉祥”,当知这便是最高吉祥。这是此偈颂的词句解释。显示巴利原文
3. Evametaṃ devaputtassa vacanaṃ sutvā bhagavā ‘‘asevanā ca bālāna’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha asevanāti abhajanā apayirupāsanā. Bālānanti balanti assasantīti bālā, assasitapassasitamattena jīvanti, na paññājīvitenāti adhippāyo. Tesaṃ bālānaṃ. Paṇḍitānanti paṇḍantīti paṇḍitā, sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikesu atthesu ñāṇagatiyā gacchantīti adhippāyo. Tesaṃ paṇḍitānaṃ. Sevanāti bhajanā payirupāsanā taṃsahāyatā taṃsampavaṅkatā taṃsamaṅgitā pūjāti sakkāragarukāramānanavandanā. Pūjaneyyānanti pūjārahānaṃ. Etaṃ maṅgalamuttamanti yā ca bālānaṃ asevanā, yā ca paṇḍitānaṃ sevanā, yā ca pūjaneyyānaṃ pūjā, taṃ sabbaṃ sampiṇḍetvā āha ‘‘etaṃ maṅgalamuttama’’nti. Yaṃ tayā puṭṭhaṃ ‘‘brūhi maṅgalamuttama’’nti, ettha tāva etaṃ maṅgalamuttamanti gaṇhāhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayametissā gāthāya padavaṇṇanā.
以下应当这样理解其义理解释:世尊听了那位天子的话后,如上所述,说了“不亲近愚者”等这首偈颂。其中,偈颂有四种:所问偈、未问偈、有连结偈、无连结偈。“乔答摩啊,我请问您这位深智之士,该如何做才能成为善弟子?”(《经集》378)以及“尊者,您怎样渡过洪水的?”(《相应部》1.1)等,是因他人的提问而说,称为“所问偈”。又如“凡夫认为乐者,圣者视为苦”(《经集》767)等,无人提问,是佛陀随自意乐而说,称为“未问偈”。然而,佛陀的一切偈颂,依照“诸比丘,我将宣说具因缘之法”(《增支部》3.126;《论事》806)这句话,皆为“有连结偈”。在这佛陀的教法中,不存在“无连结偈”。因此,在这些偈颂中,此偈是依天子的提问、由世尊所说,故属于“所问偈”。而且,犹如一位善知路途的人,对正确的路与错路皆熟悉,当被问路时,会先指出应避开的道路,再指出应行的路,说道:“在某某处有一岔路,于此避开左边,走右边路。”同样地,对于应亲近与不应亲近之事,世尊也是先指出显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā panassā evaṃ veditabbā – evametaṃ devaputtassa vacanaṃ sutvā bhagavā ‘‘asevanā ca bālāna’’nti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha yasmā catubbidhā gāthā pucchitagāthā, apucchitagāthā, sānusandhikagāthā, ananusandhikagāthāti. Tattha ‘‘pucchāmi taṃ, gotama, bhūripañña, kathaṅkaro sāvako sādhu hotī’’ti (su. ni. 378) ca ‘‘kathaṃ nu tvaṃ, mārisa, oghamatarī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.1) ca evamādīsu pucchitena kathitā pucchitagāthā. ‘‘Yaṃ pare sukhato āhu, tadariyā āhu dukkhato’’ti evamādīsu (su. ni. 767) apucchitena attajjhāsayavasena kathitā apucchitagāthā. Sabbāpi buddhānaṃ gāthā ‘‘sanidānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti (a. ni. 3.126; kathā. 806) vacanato sānusandhikagāthā. Ananusandhikagāthā imasmiṃ sāsane natthi. Evametāsu gāthāsu ayaṃ devaputtena pucchitena bhagavatā kathitattā pucchitagāthā. Ayañca yathā cheko puriso kusalo maggassa kusalo amaggassa maggaṃ puṭṭho paṭhamaṃ vijahitabbaṃ ācikkhitvā pacchā gahetabbaṃ ācikkhati ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne dvedhāpatho hoti, tattha vāmaṃ muñcitvā dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti, evaṃ sevitabbāsevitabbesu asevitabbaṃ ācikkhitvā sevitabbaṃ ācikkhati . Bhagavā ca maggakusalapurisasadiso. Yathāha –
“善巧于道路的人”,帝思啊,这是如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者的异名。因为他善巧于此世间,善巧于他世间,善巧于死魔领域,善巧于不死领域,善巧于魔域,善巧于非魔域。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puriso maggakusaloti kho, tissa, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. So hi kusalo imassa lokassa, kusalo parassa lokassa, kusalo maccudheyyassa, kusalo amaccudheyyassa, kusalo māradheyyassa, kusalo amāradheyyassā’’ti.
因此,在首先指出不应亲近的对象时,他说道:“不亲近愚者,亲近智者。”正如应当舍弃的道路一样,愚者从一开始就不应被亲近、不应被奉侍;而如同应当选取的道路,智者则应当被亲近、应当被奉侍。然而,为何世尊在开示吉祥时,首先要宣说不亲近愚者与亲近智者呢?回答是:由于过去天人们因亲近愚者,对所见等事物产生了那是吉祥的错误执取,但那其实是不吉祥的。因此,为了呵斥那种破坏现世与来世利益的亲近恶知识之行,并赞扬能成就现世与来世利益的亲近善知识之行,世尊才首先宣说了不亲近愚者和亲近智者。显示巴利原文
Tasmā paṭhamaṃ asevitabbaṃ ācikkhanto āha – ‘‘asevanā ca bālānaṃ, paṇḍitānañca sevanā’’ti. Vijahitabbamaggo viya hi paṭhamaṃ bālā na sevitabbā na payirupāsitabbā, tato gahetabbamaggo viya paṇḍitā sevitabbā payirupāsitabbāti. Kasmā pana bhagavatā maṅgalaṃ kathentena paṭhamaṃ bālānamasevanā paṇḍitānañca sevanā kathitāti? Vuccate – yasmā imaṃ diṭṭhādīsu maṅgaladiṭṭhiṃ bālasevanāya devamanussā gaṇhiṃsu, sā ca amaṅgalaṃ, tasmā tesaṃ taṃ idhalokaparalokatthabhañjakaṃ akalyāṇamittasaṃsaggaṃ garahantena ubhayalokatthasādhakañca kalyāṇamittasaṃsaggaṃ pasaṃsantena bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ bālānamasevanā paṇḍitānañca sevanā kathitāti.
其中,“愚者”是指那些具足杀生等不善业道的众生,他们可依三种特征而辨识。正如经中所说:“比丘们!愚者有此三种愚者的特征。”(《增支部》3.3;《中部》3.246)。此外,像富兰那迦叶等六位导师,提婆达多、拘迦利迦、迦吒摩达迦、帝须、犍陀、天后之子、三未达达德、辛恰摩那维迦,以及过去时代长肋比丘的兄弟,还有其他类似的众生,都应当了知为愚者。显示巴利原文
Tattha bālā nāma ye keci pāṇātipātādiakusalakammapathasamannāgatā sattā, te tīhākārehi jānitabbā. Yathāha ‘‘tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇānī’’ti suttaṃ (a. ni. 3.3; ma. ni. 3.246). Apica pūraṇakassapādayo cha satthāro, devadattakokālikakaṭamodakatissakhaṇḍadeviyāputtasamuddadattaciñcamāṇavikādayo atītakāle ca dīghavidassa bhātāti ime aññe ca evarūpā sattā bālāti veditabbā.
他们犹如起火的房屋,因自己错误地执持见解,既毁灭了自己,也毁灭了那些听从他们的人。正如长肋比丘的兄弟,其死后于四佛间隔的漫长时期里,显现出六十由旬的巨大身躯,仰面朝天,直堕大地狱中受苦;而五百户喜爱他那邪见的家族,投生为其同伴后,也一同在地狱中受苦。世尊亦曾如此说:显示巴利原文
Te aggipadittamiva agāraṃ attanā duggahitena attānañceva attano vacanakārake ca vināsenti. Yathā dīghavidassa bhātā catubuddhantaraṃ saṭṭhiyojanamattena attabhāvena uttāno patito mahāniraye paccati, yathā ca tassa diṭṭhiṃ abhirucanakāni pañca kulasatāni tasseva sahabyataṃ upapannāni mahāniraye paccanti. Vuttañcetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,犹如草屋或草舍,一旦被解脱的火所焚,就连那些内外粉刷、密不透风、门闩紧闭、窗户严闭的尖顶屋也会被烧尽。同样地,比丘们,任何恐惧的生起,皆由愚者生,非由智者生;任何灾祸的生起……乃至……任何危险的生起,皆非由智者生。比丘们,如此,愚者多恐惧,智者无恐惧;愚者多灾祸,智者无灾祸;愚者多危险,智者无危险。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, naḷāgārā vā tiṇāgārā vā aggi mutto kūṭāgārānipi ḍahati ullittāvalittāni nivātāni phusitaggaḷāni pihitavātapānāni, evameva kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici bhayāni uppajjanti, sabbāni tāni bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato. Ye keci upaddavā uppajjanti…pe… ye keci upasaggā…pe… no paṇḍitato. Iti kho, bhikkhave, sappaṭibhayo bālo, appaṭibhayo paṇḍito. Saupaddavo bālo, anupaddavo paṇḍito, saupasaggo bālo, anupasaggo paṇḍito’’ti (a. ni. 3.1).
再者,愚者如腐鱼,亲近追随他的人则如包裹腐鱼的叶片,为智者所厌弃、所唾弃。对此如此说:显示巴利原文
Apica pūtimacchasadiso bālo, pūtimacchabandhapattapuṭasadiso hoti tadupasevī, chaḍḍanīyataṃ jigucchanīyatañca pāpuṇāti viññūnaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ –
若人以吉祥草尖裹腐鱼,
库沙草也全都会发臭,亲近愚者正是如此。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pūtimacchaṃ kusaggena, yo naro upanayhati; Kusāpi pūtī vāyanti, evaṃ bālūpasevanā’’ti. (jā. 1.15.183; 2.22.1257);
当帝释天赐予种种愿望时,智者无碍称也这样说道:显示巴利原文
Akittipaṇḍito cāpi sakkena devānamindena vare diyyamāne evamāha –
愚痴之人令人走向灾患:他将人导向不幸,让人承担不应承担的重任。
虽被恶引导,却自以为更胜——即被错误引导时,反而自认为更优越;受到正语规劝时却心生愤怒——即以正确方式劝说时,他反而生气。
他不了知律:即不懂调伏与规范;不见此人,是为善:最好不要遇见这样的人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bālaṃ na passe na suṇe, na ca bālena saṃvase; Bālenallāpasallāpaṃ, na kare na ca rocaye. ‘‘Kinnu te akaraṃ bālo, vada kassapa kāraṇaṃ; Kena kassapa bālassa, dassanaṃ nābhikaṅkhasi. ‘‘Anayaṃ nayati dummedho, adhurāyaṃ niyuñjati; Dunnayo seyyaso hoti, sammā vutto pakuppati; Vinayaṃ so na jānāti, sādhu tassa adassana’’nti. (jā. 1.13.90-92);
世尊这样从各方面呵责亲近愚人,宣说了‘不亲近愚人是吉祥’之后,转而赞叹亲近智者,便说‘亲近智者是吉祥’。其中,‘智者’指的是任何具足远离杀生等十善业道的众生。对于智者,应通过三种方式来了知,正如经中所说:‘比丘们,有这三种智者的智者相……’等等。此外,佛陀、独觉佛、八十位大弟子,以及如来的其余弟子,诸如苏内德、摩诃高毗昙、维杜罗、萨罗邦伽、大善慧、须陀素摩、尼弥王、铁屋童子、阿吉帝智者等,也都应了知为智者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā sabbākārena bālūpasevanaṃ garahanto ‘‘bālānamasevanā maṅgala’’nti vatvā idāni paṇḍitasevanaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘paṇḍitānañca sevanā maṅgala’’nti āha. Tattha paṇḍitā nāma ye keci pāṇātipātāveramaṇiādidasakusalakammapathasamannāgatā sattā, te tīhākārehi jānitabbā. Yathāha ‘‘tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇānī’’ti (a. ni. 3.3; ma. ni. 3.253) suttaṃ. Apica buddhapaccekabuddhaasītimahāsāvakā aññe ca tathāgatassa sāvakā sunettamahāgovindavidhurasarabhaṅgamahosadhasutasomanimirāja- ayogharakumāraakittipaṇḍitādayo ca paṇḍitāti veditabbā.
对于听从其教导的人,智者犹如恐惧时的保护、黑暗中的明灯、饥饿干渴等苦迫时获得的饮食等,能摧毁一切恐惧、危难和灾祸。事实上,依靠如来,不可计数、无量无边的天界与人间众生证得了漏尽,安住于梵天界,安住于天界,投生于善趣。对舍利弗长老生起净信,并以四种资具奉事长老后,有八万户家族生于天界。同样地,对于大目犍连、大迦叶等所有大弟子,以及苏内德导师的弟子们,有些人投生于梵天界,有些人投生于他化自在天……有些人投生于大富长者之家。这也有如此的说法:显示巴利原文
Te bhaye viya rakkhā andhakāre viya padīpo khuppipāsādidukkhābhibhave viya annapānādippaṭilābho attano vacanakarānaṃ sabbabhayupaddavūpasaggaviddhaṃsanasamatthā honti. Tathā hi tathāgataṃ āgamma asaṅkhyeyyā aparimāṇā devamanussā āsavakkhayaṃ pattā, brahmaloke patiṭṭhitā, devaloke patiṭṭhitā, sugatiloke uppannā, sāriputtatthere cittaṃ pasādetvā catūhi ca paccayehi theraṃ upaṭṭhahitvā asīti kulasahassāni sagge nibbattāni. Tathā mahāmoggallānamahākassapappabhutīsu sabbamahāsāvakesu, sunettassa satthuno sāvakā appekacce brahmaloke uppajjiṃsu, appekacce paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ…pe… appekacce gahapatimahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjiṃsu. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
比丘们,智者那里没有恐惧,没有危难,没有灾祸。显示巴利原文
‘‘Natthi, bhikkhave, paṇḍitato bhayaṃ, natthi paṇḍitato upaddavo, natthi paṇḍitato upasaggo’’ti (a. ni. 3.1).
再者,智者犹如多伽罗花环等之香;亲近智者的人,则如同被多伽罗花环等香气所缠裹的叶子,成为智者所应修习、令人愉悦之人。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Apica tagaramālādigandhasadiso paṇḍito, tagaramālādigandhabandhapaliveṭhanapattasadiso hoti tadupasevī, bhāvanīyataṃ manuññatañca āpajjati viññūnaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
若有人以树叶包裹多伽罗香,
树叶也会散发芬芳,亲近智者亦复如是。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tagarañca palāsena, yo naro upanayhati; Pattāpi surabhī vāyanti, evaṃ dhīrūpasevanā’’ti. (itivu. 76; jā. 1.15.184; 2.22.1258);
当帝释天赐予阿吉帝智者恩惠时,他这样说道:显示巴利原文
Akittipaṇḍito cāpi sakkena devānamindena vare diyyamāne evamāha –
应当拜见明智者,听闻明智者,与明智者共住;
与明智者交谈论议,应行此事,亦应悦乐此事。
智者对你做了什么,迦叶?请说明缘由;
迦叶,你为何如此渴望见到智者?
有智慧者行于正道,不涉无义之事;
善于引导最为殊胜,得到正确教导的人不会忿怒;
他了知律,与这样的人相处是善的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dhīraṃ passe suṇe dhīraṃ, dhīrena saha saṃvase; Dhīrenallāpasallāpaṃ, taṃ kare tañca rocaye. ‘‘Kinnu te akaraṃ dhīro, vada kassapa kāraṇaṃ; Kena kassapa dhīrassa, dassanaṃ abhikaṅkhasi. ‘‘Nayaṃ nayati medhāvī, adhurāyaṃ na yuñjati; Sunayo seyyaso hoti, sammā vutto na kuppati; Vinayaṃ so pajānāti, sādhu tena samāgamo’’ti. (jā. 1.13.94-96);
世尊以一切方式赞叹亲近智者,宣说“亲近智者是吉祥”之后,进而从远离愚者到亲近智者,循序渐进地称赞对可恭敬者的恭敬,说道:“恭敬应受恭敬者亦是吉祥。”此处,“应受恭敬者”指诸佛世尊,因为他们远离一切过失、具足一切功德;其次为独觉佛与圣弟子。即使对他们作微小的恭敬,也能长久带来利益与安乐,善花鬘师和末利夫人等便是例证。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā sabbākārena paṇḍitasevanaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘paṇḍitānaṃ sevanā maṅgala’’nti vatvā idāni tāya bālānaṃ asevanāya paṇḍitānaṃ sevanāya ca anupubbena pūjaneyyabhāvaṃ upagatānaṃ pūjaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘pūjā ca pūjaneyyānaṃ maṅgala’’nti āha. Tattha pūjaneyyā nāma sabbadosavirahitattā sabbaguṇasamannāgatattā ca buddhā bhagavanto, tato pacchā paccekabuddhā, ariyasāvakā ca. Tesañhi pūjā appakāpi dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hoti, sumanamālākāramallikādayo cettha nidassanaṃ.
在此略举一例为证:一日上午,世尊着下衣,持钵与衣,入王舍城乞食。此时,善花鬘师正拿着摩揭陀国频婆娑罗王的花,途中望见世尊已至城门,威仪庄严,令人敬信,具足三十二大人相、八十种随形好,绽放佛陀的威光。他见了便心想:‘国王若得此花,会给我一百或一千钱,但那不过是今生之乐;而供养世尊的果报无量无数,能长久带来利益与安乐。好吧!我便用这些花供养世尊!’他生起净信,取了一把花向世尊面前抛去。花飞向空中,在世尊上方形成花盖停住。花鬘师见此威力,更增净信,又取一把花抛出,那些花飞过去形成花幔停住。如此抛了八把花,它们都飞过去,形成一座花楼阁停驻。显示巴利原文
Tatthekaṃ nidassanamattaṃ bhaṇāma – bhagavā hi ekadivasaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho sumanamālākāro rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa pupphāni gahetvā gacchanto addasa bhagavantaṃ nagaradvāramanuppattaṃ pāsādikaṃ pasādanīyaṃ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāsītānubyañjanappaṭimaṇḍitaṃ buddhasiriyā jalantaṃ, disvānassa etadahosi ‘‘rājā pupphāni gahetvā sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā dadeyya , tañca idhalokamattameva sukhaṃ bhaveyya, bhagavato pana pūjā appameyyaasaṅkhyeyyaphalā dīgharattaṃ hitasukhāvahā hoti, handāhaṃ imehi pupphehi bhagavantaṃ pūjemī’’ti pasannacitto ekaṃ pupphamuṭṭhiṃ gahetvā bhagavato paṭimukhaṃ khipi, pupphāni ākāsena gantvā bhagavato upari mālāvitānaṃ hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Mālākāro tamānubhāvaṃ disvā pasannataracitto puna ekaṃ pupphamuṭṭhiṃ khipi, tānipi gantvā mālākañcuko hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Evaṃ aṭṭha pupphamuṭṭhiyo khipi, tāni gantvā pupphakūṭāgāraṃ hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu.
世尊在花楼阁内,大众聚集。世尊望着花鬘师,露出了微笑。阿难尊者心想:‘诸佛不会无因无缘而微笑。’便询问微笑的缘由。世尊说:‘阿难,这位花鬘师以此供养的威力,将于十万劫中轮转于天界与人界,最后成为名为善念的独觉佛。’说完后,为说法故,诵出此偈:显示巴利原文
Bhagavā antokūṭāgāre ahosi, mahājanakāyo sannipati. Bhagavā mālākāraṃ passanto sitaṃ pātvākāsi. Ānandatthero ‘‘na buddhā ahetū apaccayā sitaṃ pātukarontī’’ti sitakāraṇaṃ pucchi. Bhagavā āha ‘‘eso, ānanda, mālākāro imissā pūjāya ānubhāvena satasahassakappe devesu ca manussesu ca saṃsaritvā pariyosāne sumanissaro nāma paccekabuddho bhavissatī’’ti. Vacanapariyosāne dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
所作之业是善的,作了之后不追悔,
他怀着喜悦与满意,领受其果报。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tañca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā nānutappati; Yassa patīto sumano, vipākaṃ paṭisevatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 68);
偈颂结束时,八万四千众生证得法眼。如此,即使是微小的供养,也能长久地带来利益与安乐,这应当了知。而这还只是物质的供养,更何况修行的供养呢?因为那些善男子通过皈依、受持学处、受持布萨戒、修习四清净戒等,以自身的功德供养世尊,又有谁能称量他们供养的果报呢?他们被称为以最上的供养供养如来。如所说:显示巴利原文
Gāthāvasāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Evaṃ appakāpi tesaṃ pūjā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hotīti veditabbā. Sā ca āmisapūjāva, ko pana vādo paṭipattipūjāya? Yato ye kulaputtā saraṇagamanasikkhāpadappaṭiggahaṇena uposathaṅgasamādānena catupārisuddhisīlādīhi ca attano guṇehi bhagavantaṃ pūjenti, ko tesaṃ pūjāphalaṃ vaṇṇayissati? Te hi tathāgataṃ paramāya pūjāya pūjentīti vuttā. Yathāha –
「阿难,若有比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞或优婆夷,安住于法随法行,正行而行,随法而行,如此之人便是以最上的供养,恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养如来。」(《长部》2.199)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati paramāya pūjāyā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.199).
依此道理,对于独觉佛与圣弟子们的供养,亦当知其能带来利益与安乐。显示巴利原文
Etenānusārena paccekabuddhaariyasāvakānampi pūjāya hitasukhāvahatā veditabbā.
再者,在家众中,年幼者应恭敬年长的兄姊,儿子应恭敬父母,为人妇者应恭敬丈夫及公婆——如此,当知此处应恭敬之对象。因为对这些人的恭敬,本身即是善法,也是寿命等增长的因,故亦是吉祥。如是说:显示巴利原文
Apica gahaṭṭhānaṃ kaniṭṭhassa jeṭṭho bhātāpi bhaginīpi pūjaneyyā, puttassa mātāpitaro, kulavadhūnaṃ sāmikasassusasurāti evamettha pūjaneyyā veditabbā. Etesampi hi pūjā kusaladhammasaṅkhātattā āyuādivuḍḍhihetuttā ca maṅgalameva. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“他们将成为敬母者、敬父者、敬沙门者、敬婆罗门者,在家族中恭敬长辈,受持此诸善法而随行。他们因受持那些善法的缘故,寿命将会增长,容貌也将会增长……”等等。(《长部》3.105)显示巴利原文
‘‘Te matteyyā bhavissanti petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino, idaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya vattissanti, te tesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samādānahetu āyunāpi vaḍḍhissanti, vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhissantī’’tiādi (dī. ni. 3.105).
至此,既然已经立下纲目——「确定了某一处什么是吉祥之后,就要阐明它之所以是吉祥的原因」——因此这样说:在这首偈颂中,宣说了三种吉祥,即「不亲近愚者」「亲近智者」和「恭敬应恭敬者」。其中,「不亲近愚者」因为能防护由亲近愚者之缘所生的怖畏等,而成为两世利益的因;「亲近智者」和「恭敬应恭敬者」,则如前文解释其殊胜果报时所说,它们都是证得涅槃和投生善趣的因,所以应当了知它们就是吉祥。从此以后,即便不呈现纲目,也会直接确定某一处什么是吉祥,然后阐明它之所以是吉祥的原因。显示巴利原文
Idāni yasmā ‘‘yaṃ yattha maṅgalaṃ. Vavatthapetvā taṃ tassa, maṅgalattaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti iti mātikā nikkhittā, tasmā idaṃ vuccati – evametissā gāthāya bālānaṃ asevanā, paṇḍitānaṃ sevanā, pūjaneyyānañca pūjāti tīṇi maṅgalāni vuttāni. Tattha bālānaṃ asevanā bālasevanapaccayabhayādiparittāṇena ubhayalokatthahetuttā, paṇḍitānaṃ sevanā pūjaneyyānaṃ pūjā ca tāsaṃ phalavibhūtivaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva nibbānasugatihetuttā maṅgalanti veditabbā. Ito paraṃ tu mātikaṃ adassetvā eva yaṃ yattha maṅgalaṃ, taṃ vavatthapetvā tassa maṅgalattaṃ vibhāvayissāmāti.
「不亲近愚者」等这首偈颂的释义已告完成。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā asevanā ca bālānanti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
「居住于适宜的地方」等偈颂的释义显示巴利原文
Patirūpadesavāsocātigāthāvaṇṇanā
4 4. 就这样,世尊虽只被请求「请说无上的吉祥」这一个问题,却犹如那种只被求取少许,却给予丰厚布施的尊贵之人,先用一首偈颂宣说了三种吉祥。之后,由于天神们还想继续听闻,也因为吉祥有多种,为了把各类众生分别引导到与他们各自相契合的吉祥上,世尊又用「居住在适宜的地方」等偈颂,开始宣说更多的吉祥。在这里,首先在第一首偈颂中:「适宜」(patirūpo)指相称、适合。「处」(deso)指村落、市镇、城邑、国土,任何众生居住的地方和空间。「居住」(vāso)指在那里的停留、生活。「往昔」(pubbe)即过去,指以前的各期生命。「曾作福业」(katapuññatā)指已累积的善业。「自己」(attā)是指心,或者整体的有身;「正誓愿」(sammāpaṇidhī)就是对自己正确地立下誓愿、投入、确立——「确立」是说(他这样)确立自己。其余的义理解释,便如前面所述的方式进行。这就是这里的词义解释。显示巴利原文
4. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘brūhi maṅgalamuttama’’nti ekaṃ ajjhesitopi appaṃ yācito bahudāyako uḷārapuriso viya ekāya gāthāya tīṇi maṅgalāni vatvā tato uttaripi devatānaṃ sotukāmatāya maṅgalānamatthitāya yesaṃ yesaṃ yaṃ yaṃ anukulaṃ, te te satte tattha tattha maṅgale niyojetukāmatāya ca ‘‘patirūpadesavāso cā’’tiādīhi gāthāhi punapi anekāni maṅgalāni vattumāraddho. Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva patirūpoti anucchaviko. Desoti gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi janapadopi yo koci sattānaṃ nivāso okāso. Vāsoti tattha nivāso. Pubbeti purā atītāsu jātīsu. Katapuññatāti upacitakusalatā. Attāti cittaṃ vuccati sakalo vā attabhāvo, sammāpaṇidhīti tassa attano sammā paṇidhānaṃ niyuñjanaṃ, ṭhapananti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti. Ayamettha padavaṇṇanā.
对其含义的注释应如此理解:“居住于适宜之地”是指:有比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷这四众弟子游化之处,有布施等福德善行得以运作之处,有九分教的佛陀教法得以流布之处。在此居住,能成为众生广修福德的助缘,故称为“吉祥”。例如,锡兰岛上的掘吠陀等处,便是此处的例证。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – patirūpadesavāso nāma yattha catasso parisā vicaranti, dānādīni puññakiriyavatthūni vattanti, navaṅgaṃ satthu sāsanaṃ dibbati, tattha nivāso sattānaṃ puññakiriyāya paccayattā maṅgalanti vuccati. Sīhaḷadīpapaviṭṭhakevaṭṭādayo cettha nidassanaṃ.
另一种解释是:“居住于适宜之地”是指世尊成道的菩提道场、初转法轮之处、于十二由旬大众中摧破一切外道见解后示现双神变的琰浮树下之处、从三十三天降下之处,以及舍卫城、王舍城等佛陀常年安住的其他地方。在这些地方居住,能成为众生获得六种无上法的助缘,故称为“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – patirūpadesavāso nāma bhagavato bodhimaṇḍappadeso dhammacakkavattitappadeso dvādasayojanāya parisāya majjhe sabbatitthiyamataṃ bhinditvā yamakapāṭihāriyadassitakaṇḍamba rukkhamūlappadeso devorohaṇappadeso, yo vā panaññopi sāvatthirājagahādi buddhādhivāsappadeso, tattha nivāso sattānaṃ chaanuttariyappaṭilābhapaccayato maṅgalanti vuccati.
又一种解释(依《大品》259):东方有伽阇盎伽罗集镇,其外有大娑罗树,大娑罗树之外是边地聚落,之内则是中国。东南方有萨罗婆提河,河对岸是边地聚落,河的此岸是中国。南方有名为白耳的集镇,白耳之外是边地聚落,之内是中国。西方有名为柱的婆罗门村,柱村之外是边地聚落,之内是中国。北方有名为优尸罗幢的山,山的那边是边地聚落,山的这边是中国。这一中部地区,长三百由旬,宽二百五十由旬,周长合计九百由旬。这便称为“适宜之地”。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo (mahāva. 259) – puratthimāya disāya gajaṅgalaṃ nāma nigamo, tassa parena mahāsālā, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Dakkhiṇapuratthimāya disāya sallavatī nāma nadī, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Dakkhiṇāya disāya setakaṇṇikaṃ nāma nigamo, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Pacchimāya disāya thūṇaṃ nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Uttarāya disāya usīraddhajo nāma pabbato, tato paraṃ paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. Ayaṃ majjhimadeso āyāmena tīṇi yojanasatāni, vitthārena aḍḍhateyyāni, parikkhepena nava yojanasatāni honti. Eso patirūpadeso nāma.
在此处,统领四大洲及二千小岛并行使自在主权的转轮王会出现;圆满一阿僧祇劫又十万劫波罗蜜之后,舍利弗、大目犍连等大声闻会出现;圆满二阿僧祇劫又十万劫波罗蜜之后,独觉佛会出现;圆满四阿僧祇劫、八阿僧祇劫或十六阿僧祇劫又十万劫波罗蜜之后,正自觉者佛陀会出现。于此,众生接受转轮王的教导,安住于五戒之中,便能以生天为归宿。同样地,安住于独觉佛的教导,以及安住于正自觉者佛陀弟子们的教导,便能以生天为归宿,乃至以涅槃为归宿。因此,居住于此地便是获得这一切成就的助缘,故称之为‘吉祥’。显示巴利原文
Ettha catunnaṃ mahādīpānaṃ dvisahassānaṃ parittadīpānañca issariyādhipaccakārakā cakkavattī uppajjanti, ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā sāriputtamoggallānādayo mahāsāvakā uppajjanti, dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā paccekabuddhā, cattāri aṭṭha soḷasa vā asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambuddhā uppajjanti. Tattha sattā cakkavattirañño ovādaṃ gahetvā pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhāya saggaparāyaṇā honti. Tathā paccekabuddhānaṃ ovāde patiṭṭhāya, sammāsambuddhānaṃ pana buddhasāvakānaṃ ovāde patiṭṭhāya saggaparāyaṇā nibbānaparāyaṇā ca honti. Tasmā tattha vāso imāsaṃ sampattīnaṃ paccayato maṅgalanti vuccati.
‘往昔所作福’,是指在过去生中,以佛陀、独觉佛及诸漏尽者为对象所累积的善业。这同样是一种吉祥。何以故?因为在诸佛、独觉佛面前展示,或在诸佛及其声闻弟子面前听闻,哪怕只是一首四句偈颂,也能于偈颂之末证得阿拉汉果。再者,若有人过去生中累积的善根深厚,业已达到成熟,那么他就能依此善根而生起观智,证得诸漏灭尽,犹如摩诃劫宾那王及其首席王后一般。因此说:‘往昔所作福也是吉祥’。显示巴利原文
Pubbe katapuññatā nāma atītajātiyaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhakhīṇāsave ārabbha upacitakusalatā, sāpi maṅgalaṃ. Kasmā? Buddhapaccekabuddhasammukhato dassetvā buddhānaṃ buddhasāvakānaṃ vā sammukhā sutāya catuppadikāyapi gāthāya pariyosāne arahattaṃ pāpetīti katvā. Yo ca manusso pubbe katādhikāro ussannakusalamūlo hoti, so teneva kusalamūlena vipassanaṃ uppādetvā āsavakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti yathā rājā mahākappino aggamahesī ca. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pubbe ca katapuññatā maṅgala’’nti.
‘自我端正誓愿’,是指在此世间,有这样的人:他将戒行不清净的自己安立于戒中,将缺乏信心的自己安立于信心的圆满中,将吝啬的自己安立于布施的圆满中。这就称为‘自我端正誓愿’,也是一种吉祥。何以故?因为这是达成现世利益、来世利益、远离怨敌怖畏及种种功德的因。显示巴利原文
Attasammāpaṇidhi nāma idhekacco attānaṃ dussīlaṃ sīle patiṭṭhāpeti, assaddhaṃ saddhāsampadāya patiṭṭhāpeti, macchariṃ cāgasampadāya patiṭṭhāpeti. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘attasammāpaṇidhī’’ti , eso ca maṅgalaṃ. Kasmā? Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaverappahānavividhānisaṃsādhigamahetutoti.
如此,在这首偈颂中,便宣说了“住于适宜处”“往昔所作福”“自正誓愿”这三项吉祥。至于其吉祥之义,已在前面各处分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissāpi gāthāya patirūpadesavāso ca, pubbe ca katapuññatā, attasammāpaṇidhī cāti tīṇiyeva maṅgalāni vuttāni. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
对「多闻」等偈颂的注释显示巴利原文
Bāhusaccañcātigāthāvaṇṇanā
5 第五,以下解释“多闻”等词:“多闻”即多闻之性。“技艺”指任何手工方面的技巧。“律”是调伏身、语、意。“善学”指学得很好。“善说”即说得很好。“凡”是不定指示词。“语”指言辞、表达。其余的词依前所述来理解。这是此处的词句注释。显示巴利原文
5. Idāni bāhusaccañcāti ettha bāhusaccanti bahussutabhāvo. Sippanti yaṃ kiñci hatthakosallaṃ. Vinayoti kāyavācācittavinayanaṃ. Susikkhitoti suṭṭhu sikkhito. Subhāsitāti suṭṭhu bhāsitā. Yāti aniyataniddeso. Vācāti girā byappatho. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti. Ayamettha padavaṇṇanā.
对其含义应作如是理解:“多闻”者,即如“彼为持闻者,积集所闻”(《中部》1.339;《增支部》4.22),又如“此处有一类人,具多闻:契经、应颂、记说……”(《增支部》4.6)等所述,乃持守大师教法之义。因它能令舍不善、证善,亦能次第现证究竟义故,说为吉祥。对此,世尊曾这样说:显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – bāhusaccaṃ nāma yaṃ taṃ ‘‘sutadharo hoti sutasannicayo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.339; a. ni. 4.22) ca ‘‘idhekaccassa bahukaṃ sutaṃ hoti, suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇa’’nti ca (a. ni. 4.6) evamādinā nayena satthusāsanadharattaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ, taṃ akusalappahānakusalādhigamahetuto anupubbena paramatthasaccasacchikiriyāhetuto ca maṅgalanti vuccati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,多闻的圣弟子,舍弃不善而修习善法,舍弃有过失的而修习无过失的,保持自身的清净。”(《增支部》7.67)显示巴利原文
‘‘Sutavā ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 7.67).
又说:显示巴利原文
Aparampi vuttaṃ –
他审察已受持诸法的义理;当审察义理时,那些法便为他所审了;于法有了审了,便生起意欲;意欲生起后,他便发起精勤;精勤之后,他作权衡;权衡之后,他策励精进;策励精进之后,他便以自身实证究竟真理,并以智慧透彻地洞见它。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthamupaparikkhati, atthaṃ upaparikkhato dhammā nijjhānaṃ khamanti, dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā sati chando jāyati, chandajāto ussahati, ussahanto tulayati , tulayanto padahati padahanto kāyena ceva paramatthasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca ativijjha passatī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.432).
再者,即使在家人所具备的广学多闻中,那些无有过失的部分,由于能带来此世与他世两世的利益与安乐,故也应知其为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Apica agārikabāhusaccampi yaṃ anavajjaṃ, taṃ ubhayalokahitasukhāvahanato maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ.
所谓“技能”,有在家人的技能与出家人的技能两种。其中,在家人的技能,是指那些无有恼害、无有障碍、远离不善的技艺,如珠宝匠、金匠等工作,因其能带来此世利益,故为吉祥。出家人的技能,诸如审察衣料、缝制等沙门资具的制作,这在《长部》等经典中,以“诸比丘,于此教法中,若有比丘,于同梵行者应作之大小诸事,皆能善巧成就”等方式,在众多处所受到赞叹,并被称为“能作依怙的法”。由于它能带来自己与他人此世他世两世的利益与安乐,故应知为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Sippaṃ nāma agārikasippañca anagārikasippañca. Tattha agārikasippaṃ nāma yaṃ parūparodhavirahitaṃ akusalavivajjitaṃ maṇikārasuvaṇṇakārakammādikaṃ, taṃ idhalokatthāvahanato maṅgalaṃ. Anagārikasippaṃ nāma cīvaravicāraṇasibbanādisamaṇaparikkhārābhisaṅkharaṇaṃ, yaṃ taṃ ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃ karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hotī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.345; 360; a. ni. 10.17) nayena tattha tattha saṃvaṇṇitaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘nāthakaro dhammo’’ti ca vuttaṃ, taṃ attano ca paresañca ubhayalokahitasukhāvahanato maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ.
「律」有在家律与出家律两种。其中,「在家律」指远离十不善业道,对此善加修学,因不犯染污、能确立行谊功德,而带来两世(此世与他世)的利益与安乐,故称为吉祥。「出家律」指不违犯七犯行聚,同样依上述方式善加修学;或者说,「出家律」即四遍清净戒,以此律为立足处,便能证得阿拉汉果。如此修学而善学此律,是获得世间与出世间安乐的因,应当了知这是吉祥。显示巴利原文
Vinayo nāma agārikavinayo ca anagārikavinayo ca. Tattha agārikavinayo nāma dasaakusalakammapathaviramaṇaṃ, so tattha susikkhito asaṃkilesāpajjanena ācāraguṇavavatthānena ca ubhayalokahitasukhāvahanato maṅgalaṃ. Anagārikavinayo nāma sattāpattikkhandhaanāpajjanaṃ, sopi vuttanayeneva susikkhito, catupārisuddhisīlaṃ vā anagārikavinayo, so yathā tattha patiṭṭhāya arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, evaṃ sikkhanena susikkhito lokiyalokuttarasukhādhigamahetuto maṅgalanti veditabbo.
「善说之语」指远离妄语等过失的言语。正如所说:「比丘们,具足四支的言语,便是善说。」(《经集·善说经》)或者说,不涉杂秽语的言语,即是善说。如颂所说:「诸圣者说:善说为最上,」显示巴利原文
Subhāsitā vācā nāma musāvādādidosavirahitā. Yathāha ‘‘catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato vācā subhāsitā hotī’’ti (su. ni. subhāsitasuttaṃ). Asamphappalāpā vācā eva vā subhāsitā. Yathāha –
“诸圣者说:善说为最上,(Subhāsitaṃ uttamamāhu santo,)
说法,不说不法,这是第二;(Dhammaṃ bhaṇe nādhammaṃ taṃ dutiyaṃ;)
说可爱之言,不说不可爱,这是第三;(Piyaṃ bhaṇe nāppiyaṃ taṃ tatiyaṃ,)
说真实语,不说虚假语,这是第四。”(Saccaṃ bhaṇe nālikaṃ taṃ catutthaṃ)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Subhāsitaṃ uttamamāhu santo, Dhammaṃ bhaṇe nādhammaṃ taṃ dutiyaṃ; Piyaṃ bhaṇe nāppiyaṃ taṃ tatiyaṃ, Saccaṃ bhaṇe nālikaṃ taṃ catuttha’’nti. (su. ni. 452);
这首偈颂也因能带来两世间的利益与安乐,应知是吉祥。而且,因为这偈颂本就包含于律藏,故此处不将其纳入“持律”,而应以律本身总摄持律。或者又何必这般费力?应知他人对法的开示等语,在此即是善说之语。恰如住于适宜之地,善说之语正是众生证得两世间利益、安乐乃至涅槃的因缘,故称为吉祥。正如所说——显示巴利原文
Ayampi ubhayalokahitasukhāvahanato maṅgalanti veditabbā. Yasmā ca ayaṃ vinayapariyāpannā eva, tasmā vinayaggahaṇena etaṃ asaṅgaṇhitvā vinayo saṅgahetabbo. Atha vā kiṃ iminā parissamena paresaṃ dhammadesanādivācā idha subhāsitā vācāti veditabbā. Sā hi yathā patirūpadesavāso, evaṃ sattānaṃ ubhayalokahitasukhanibbānādhigamapaccayato maṅgalanti vuccati. Āha ca –
“佛陀所说之语,是安稳语,是为了证得涅槃;(Yaṃ buddho bhāsati vācaṃ, khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā;)
为作苦的彻底灭尽,此确实是一切语言之中最为殊胜者。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ buddho bhāsati vācaṃ, khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā; Dukkhassantakiriyāya, sā ve vācānamuttamā’’ti. (su. ni. 456);
如此,这首偈颂中宣说了多闻、技艺、善学律、善言语四种吉祥。而这些之所以为吉祥,也已于各处分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya bāhusaccaṃ, sippaṃ, vinayo susikkhito, subhāsitā vācāti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
此「多闻」等一偈的义理注释,至此圆满。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā bāhusaccañcāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
「奉养父母」偈颂的释义显示巴利原文
Mātāpituupaṭṭhānantigāthāvaṇṇanā
6 「奉养父母」:此处「母」与「父」合为「父母」。「奉养」即服侍照料。「子女与妻子」指对子女和妻子的摄受与护持,此即摄护。「无混乱」即不混乱。「诸所作事」即各种正当的营生,是为事业。余者如前所说。这是词句注释。显示巴利原文
6. Idāni mātāpituupaṭṭhānanti ettha mātu ca pitu cāti mātāpitu. Upaṭṭhānanti upaṭṭhahanaṃ. Puttānañca dārānañcāti puttadārassa saṅgaṇhanaṃ saṅgaho. Na ākulā anākulā. Kammāni eva kammantā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
义理的注释应当这样理解:「母亲」指的是生育自己的人,「父亲」也是如此。「奉养」是指通过洗脚、按摩、涂油、沐浴,以及圆满供给四资具,来进行服侍与帮助。在这里,因为父母对子女有大恩,一心希望子女安乐,怜悯爱护他们。当看到孩子们在外面玩耍,满身尘土回到家时,他们会拍去灰尘,抚摸着孩子的头,亲吻面颊,生起无限的慈爱。即使子女以头顶戴父母行走百年,也无法完全报答父母的恩情。也正因为父母养育、照顾子女,并引导他们认识这个世界,所以他们被尊为梵天和最初的老师。因此,在今生奉养父母会得到赞叹,来世则能获得天界的快乐。所以这称为「吉祥」。这也正是世尊所说的:显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – mātā nāma janikā vuccati, tathā pitā. Upaṭṭhānaṃ nāma pādadhovanasambāhanucchādananhāpanehi catupaccayasampadānena ca upakārakaraṇaṃ. Tattha yasmā mātāpitaro bahūpakārā puttānaṃ atthakāmā anukampakā, ye puttake bahi kīḷitvā paṃsumakkhitasarīrake āgate disvā paṃsuṃ puñchitvā matthakaṃ upasiṅghāyantā paricumbantā ca sinehaṃ uppādenti, vassasatampi mātāpitaro sīsena pariharantā puttā tesaṃ patikāraṃ kātuṃ asamatthā. Yasmā ca te āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāro, brahmasammatā pubbācariyasammatā, tasmā tesaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ idha pasaṃsaṃ, pecca saggasukhañca āvahati. Tena maṅgalanti vuccati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“父母被称作「梵天」,
也被称为「最初的老师」;
他们堪受子女的供养,
是后代的怜悯者。”
是故,智者应当礼敬他们,恭敬尊重;
以食物、饮料、衣服与卧具,
以涂油、沐浴,及为他们洗脚。
以此侍奉,智者奉养父母,
他于此生受人称赞,死后在天界享受欢喜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Brahmāti mātāpitaro, pubbācariyāti vuccare; Āhuneyyā ca puttānaṃ, pajāya anukampakā. ‘‘Tasmā hi ne namasseyya, sakkareyya ca paṇḍito; Annena atha pānena, vatthena sayanena ca; Ucchādanena nhāpanena, pādānaṃ dhovanena ca. ‘‘Tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. (itivu. 106; jā. 2.20.181-183);
另一种解释是:「侍奉」指五种:赡养、履行义务、延续家族等。由于这能带来防止恶行等五种现世的利益与安乐,故称为吉祥。世尊这样说过:显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – upaṭṭhānaṃ nāma bharaṇakiccakaraṇakulavaṃsaṭṭhapanādipañcavidhaṃ, taṃ pāpanivāraṇādipañcavidhadiṭṭhadhammikahitasukhahetuto maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
居士子,子女应以五种方式侍奉作为东方的父母:‘他们曾养育我,我今当赡养他们;我当分担他们的责任;我当延续家族世系;我当领受遗产;我当为已故的祖先作供养。’居士子,当子女以这五种方式侍奉作为东方的父母后,父母也会以五种方式悲悯子女:阻止他们造作恶行,引导他们安住善行,教授他们技艺,为他们安排合适的婚姻,并在适当的时候交付遗产。显示巴利原文
‘‘‘Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhātabbā bhato ne bharissāmi, kiccaṃ nesaṃ karissāmi , kulavaṃsaṃ ṭhapessāmi, dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjissāmi, atha vā pana petānaṃ kālakatānaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassāmī’ti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ṭhānehi puttaṃ anukampanti, pāpā nivārenti, kalyāṇe nivesenti, sippaṃ sikkhāpenti, patirūpena dārena saṃyojenti, samaye dāyajjaṃ niyyādentī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.267).
再者,若有人以三种方式侍奉父母——令他们生起净信,令他们受持戒律,或令他们出家,则在一切侍奉父母者中,此人最为殊胜。如此侍奉父母,便是对父母恩德的回报,亦是众多现法利益与来世利益的基础,故称为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Apica yo mātāpitaro tīsu vatthūsu pasāduppādanena, sīlasamādāpanena, pabbajjāya vā upaṭṭhahati, ayaṃ mātāpituupaṭṭhākānaṃ aggo. Tassa taṃ mātāpituupaṭṭhānaṃ mātāpitūhi katassa upakārassa paccupakārabhūtaṃ anekesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ samparāyikānañca atthānaṃ padaṭṭhānato maṅgalanti vuccati.
就‘子女与妻子’而言:自己亲生的儿子与女儿,都统称为‘子女’。‘妻子’是指二十种妻子中的任何一种。子女与妻子合称‘子女与妻子’。‘摄受’是指以恭敬等方式给予利益。由于它能带来妥善经营事业等现法之利益安乐,故应知为吉祥。世尊亦曾开示:‘西方应知是子女与妻子。’在那段话里,世尊将子女与妻子都摄入‘妻子’一词中,而如此开示:‘居士子,丈夫应以五种方式奉侍作为西方的妻子:以恭敬,以不轻视,以不邪行,以授予家中自在权,以供给装饰品。居士子,丈夫以此五种方式奉侍作为西方的妻子后,妻子亦以五种方式悲悯丈夫:她善理家务,妥善照顾家属,忠于丈夫不邪行,守护所积财物,于一切事务精明而不懈怠。’显示巴利原文
Puttadārassāti ettha attato jātā puttāpi dhītaropi puttāicceva saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Dārāti vīsatiyā bhariyānaṃ yā kāci bhariyā. Puttā ca dārā ca puttadāraṃ, tassa puttadārassa. Saṅgahoti sammānanādīhi upakārakaraṇaṃ. Taṃ susaṃvihitakammantatādidiṭṭhadhammikahitasukhahetuto maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘pacchimā disā puttadārā veditabbā’’ti ettha uddiṭṭhaṃ puttadāraṃ bhariyāsaddena saṅgaṇhitvā ‘‘pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi sāmikena pacchimā disā bhariyā paccupaṭṭhātabbā sammānanāya, anavamānanāya, anati cariyāya, issariyavossaggena, alaṅkārānuppadānena. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi sāmikena pacchimā disā bhariyā paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ṭhānehi sāmikaṃ anukampati, susaṃvihitakammantā ca hoti, saṅgahitaparijanā ca, anaticārinī ca, sambhatañca anurakkhati dakkhā ca hoti analasā sabbakiccesū’’ti (dī. ni. 3.269).
又一种解释:‘摄受’,是以如法布施、爱语、利行来摄持人心。例如:于布萨日施与所需,于星宿日带人观星,于吉祥日举办吉祥之事,于现世与来世的利益上给予教诫和指导。依前所说之理,此摄受是现法利益的因、来世利益的因,也是诸天应礼敬的因,故应知为吉祥。正如帝释天王所说:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ vā aparo nayo – saṅgahoti dhammikāhi dānapiyavācātthacariyāhi saṅgaṇhanaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – uposathadivasesu paribbayadānaṃ, nakkhattadivasesu nakkhattadassāpanaṃ, maṅgaladivasesu maṅgalakaraṇaṃ, diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikesu atthesu ovādānusāsananti. Taṃ vuttanayeneva diṭṭhadhammikahitahetuto samparāyikahitahetuto devatāhipi namassanīyabhāvahetuto ca maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha sakko devānamindo –
那些在家人中,行福德、持净戒的近事男,
依法养育妻子者,摩多利啊,我向他们礼敬。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye gahaṭṭhā puññakarā, sīlavanto upāsakā; Dhammena dāraṃ posenti, te namassāmi mātalī’’ti. (saṃ.ni.1.1.264);
所谓‘不混乱的作业’,是指因懂得把握时机、行事得宜、不懈怠、具足奋起精进,并且远离恶习,而摆脱了错过时机、行不应为、松懈怠惰等种种混乱状态,诸如耕种、牧牛、经商等业。无论是为自己,还是为妻子儿女,或为奴仆佣工,因善巧运作,这些作业在现生中便能带来财富与谷物的增长,因此被称为‘吉祥’。这也是世尊曾说过的:显示巴利原文
Anākulā kammantā nāma kālaññutāya patirūpakāritāya analasatāya uṭṭhānavīriyasampadāya, abyasanīyatāya ca kālātikkamanaappatirūpakaraṇasithilakaraṇādiākulabhāvavirahitā kasigorakkhavāṇijjādayo kammantā. Ete attano vā puttadārassa vā dāsakammakarānaṃ vā byattatāya evaṃ payojitā diṭṭheva dhamme dhanadhaññavuddhipaṭilābhahetuto maṅgalanti vuccanti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
‘行持得宜、勇于担当、奋起精进之人,能获得财富。’(《经集》185;《相应部》1.246)显示巴利原文
‘‘Patirūpakārī dhuravā, uṭṭhātā vindate dhana’’nti ca (su. ni. 185; saṃ. ni. 1.246).
若有人白日贪眠,夜间又耽眠而不欲起身,
总是沉湎于饮酒,家宅便不得安稳。
总是推脱‘太冷、太热、太晚’,
如此舍弃应做之事,利益便从年轻人身边远去。
他于此世间,不把冷与热看得比草还重;
他履行男子应尽之责,便不会失去安乐。
如此,此偈颂中,讲述了侍奉母亲、侍奉父亲、照顾子女与妻子,以及无混乱的工作,这四种吉祥;或将照顾子女与妻子分为二种,则为五种;或将侍奉父母合为一种,则为三种。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na divā soppasīlena, rattimuṭṭhānadessinā; Niccaṃ mattena soṇḍena, sakkā āvasituṃ gharaṃ. ‘‘Atisītaṃ atiuṇhaṃ, atisāyamidaṃ ahu; Iti vissaṭṭhakammante, atthā accenti māṇave. ‘‘Yodha sītañca uṇhañca, tiṇā bhiyyo na maññati; Karaṃ purisakiccāni, so sukhaṃ na vihāyatī’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.253); ‘‘Bhoge saṃharamānassa, bhamarasseva irīyato; Bhogā sannicayaṃ yanti, vammikovūpacīyatī’’ti. ca evamādi (dī. ni. 3.265);
如此,在此偈颂中,说出了侍奉母亲、侍奉父亲、照顾子女与妻子,以及无混乱的工作,这四种吉祥;或将照顾子女与妻子分为二种,则为五种;或将侍奉父母合为一种,则为三种。而且,它们的吉祥性已如各处所述分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya mātuupaṭṭhānaṃ, pituupaṭṭhānaṃ, puttadārassa saṅgaho, anākulā ca kammantāti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni, puttadārassa saṅgahaṃ vā dvidhā katvā pañca, mātāpituupaṭṭhānaṃ vā ekameva katvā tīṇi. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
“布施等等”偈颂的注释显示巴利原文
Dānañcātigāthāvaṇṇanā
7 以下是词语解释:此处,「布施」即“以此施与”,意为将属于自己的东西转予他人。「法行」指修习法的行为,或是不偏离法的行为。「亲戚」指被认定为“这是我的亲属”的人。「无过失」指无可指责、无可非难。其余诸词,解释如前。显示巴利原文
7. Idāni dānañcāti ettha dīyate imināti dānaṃ, attano santakaṃ parassa paṭipādīyatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Dhammassa cariyā, dhammā vā anapetā cariyā dhammacariyā. Ñāyante ‘‘amhākaṃ ime’’ti ñātakā. Na avajjāni anavajjāni, aninditāni agarahitānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
义理的解释则应如此理解:所谓「布施」,是指为了利益他人,先起善思维,而后舍弃食物等十种布施物品的思心所,或是与此思相应的无贪。正是通过无贪,才将那物品转予他人,因此说“以此施与,故为布施”。由于此布施能带来为众人所喜爱、所悦意等现法利益与来生利益的殊胜果报,故被称为「吉祥」。于此当联想到诸经中所说,例如:“狮子,施主、布施者,为众人所喜爱、所悦意……”(《增支部》5.34)。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – dānaṃ nāma paraṃ uddissa subuddhipubbikā annādidasadānavatthupariccāgacetanā, taṃsampayutto vā alobho. Alobhena hi taṃ vatthuṃ parassa paṭipādeti, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘dīyate imināti dāna’’nti. Taṃ bahujanapiyamanāpatādīnaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikānaṃ phalavisesānaṃ adhigamahetuto maṅgalanti vuccati. ‘‘Dāyako, sīha dānapati, bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo’’ti evamādīni (a. ni. 5.34) cettha suttāni anussaritabbāni.
另有一说:布施分为两类,即财施与法施。其中,财施的性质已如前述。至于法施,则是指出于利益他人的心,而开示正自觉者所宣说的、能带来此世与他世苦灭安乐的教法。在这两类布施中,法施最为第一。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – dānaṃ nāma duvidhaṃ āmisadānaṃ, dhammadānañca, tattha āmisadānaṃ vuttappakārameva. Idhalokaparalokadukkhakkhayasukhāvahassa pana sammāsambuddhappaveditassa dhammassa paresaṃ hitakāmatāya desanā dhammadānaṃ, imesañca dvinnaṃ dānānaṃ etadeva aggaṃ. Yathāha –
法施胜于一切施,
法味胜于一切味;
法乐胜于一切乐,
爱尽胜过一切苦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbadānaṃ dhammadānaṃ jināti, Sabbarasaṃ dhammaraso jināti; Sabbaratiṃ dhammarati jināti, Taṇhakkhayo sabbadukkhaṃ jinātī’’ti. (dha. pa. 354);
在这里,财施的吉祥前面已经说过。而法施,由于它是体证义理等功德的基础,因此被称为吉祥。对此,世尊曾这样说过——显示巴利原文
Tattha āmisadānassa maṅgalattaṃ vuttameva. Dhammadānaṃ pana yasmā atthapaṭisaṃveditādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā maṅgalanti vuccati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“比丘们,若比丘随其所听闻、所掌握的法,为他人详加开示,他便能于此法亲证义理、亲证法味。”(《增支部》5.26)等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī cā’’ti evamādi (a. ni. 5.26).
“法行”即十善业道行。如经中所说:“居士们,以身行法行、正行,有三种……”等等。此法行因为是投生天界的因,故应知为吉祥。世尊曾这样说过:“居士们,正因法行与正行,有些众生在此身坏命终之后,能投生善趣、天界。”显示巴利原文
Dhammacariyā nāma dasakusalakammapathacariyā. Yathāha – ‘‘tividhā kho gahapatayo kāyena dhammacariyā samacariyā hotī’’ti evamādi. Sā panesā dhammacariyā saggalokūpapattihetuto maṅgalanti veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho gahapatayo evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.439).
“亲友”是指从母亲或父亲那一方上溯,直至第七代祖先范围内的亲属。当这些亲属因财富衰败或疾病侵害而前来投靠时,在自己力所能及的范围内,以饮食、衣物、钱财、谷物等给予帮助。如此,既能获得现世的称赞等利益,也能成为来世往生善趣等殊胜成就的因,故称吉祥。显示巴利原文
Ñātakā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā sambandhā. Tesaṃ bhogapārijuññena vā byādhipārijuññena vā abhihatānaṃ attano samīpaṃ āgatānaṃ yathābalaṃ ghāsacchādanadhanadhaññādīhi saṅgaho pasaṃsādīnaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ sugatigamanādīnañca samparāyikānaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ hetuto maṅgalanti vuccati.
“无罪业”是指受持布萨八戒、服务僧团、建造园林、种植树木、修筑桥梁等身语意所行的善业。因为这些善业是成就种种利益与安乐的因,故称吉祥。于此,应忆念如下经文:“毗舍佉,这确实有可能:在此世间,若有某位女子或男子,具足八支而受持布萨,则身坏命终之后,能往生至四大王天,与那里的天众共住。”显示巴利原文
Anavajjāni kammāni nāma uposathaṅgasamādānaveyyāvaccakaraṇaārāmavanaropanasetukaraṇādīni kāyavacīmanosucaritakammāni. Tāni hi nānappakārahitasukhādhigamahetuto maṅgalanti vuccanti. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyyā’’ti evamādīni cettha suttāni (a. ni. 8.43) anussaritabbāni.
如是,此偈颂中宣说了布施、法行、照顾亲属与无罪业四种吉祥,而它们之所以为吉祥,已在各处分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya dānañca, dhammacariyā ca, ñātakānañca saṅgaho, anavajjāni kammānīti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
“布施等”这一偈颂的义理解释,至此结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā dānañcāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
“不乐等”偈颂的注释显示巴利原文
Āratītigāthāvaṇṇanā
8 现在解释“āratī viratī”:“āratī”指远离,“viratī”指戒绝;或者说,众生藉此而戒绝,故称“virati”。“pāpā”指不善。“majja”因能令人迷醉而称为酒,饮用酒即是“majjapāna”(饮酒),由此从饮酒中(远离)。“saṃyamanaṃ”是节制,“appamajjanaṃ”是不放逸。“dhammesu”指在善法中。其余如前所说。这是词释。显示巴利原文
8. Idāni āratī viratīti ettha āratīti āramaṇaṃ, viratīti viramaṇaṃ, viramanti vā etāya sattāti virati. Pāpāti akusalā. Madanīyaṭṭhena majjaṃ, majjassa pānaṃ majjapānaṃ, tato majjapānā. Saṃyamanaṃ saṃyamo appamajjanaṃ appamādo. Dhammesūti kusalesu. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
义注应这样理解:「远离」指见到诸恶的过患后,内心便不欣乐。「戒绝」指由业门而以身、语加以避免。此戒绝又分三种:成就戒绝、受持戒绝、断除戒绝。其中,有善男子因念及自己的出身、家族或族姓,而思惟:‘像我这样的人行杀生、不与取等事,实不适当’,于遭遇相应场合时便自行避免,这称为成就戒绝。由受持学处而生起的戒绝,称为受持戒绝;从它生起之后,善男子便不再造作杀生等恶行。与圣道相应的戒绝,称为断除戒绝;从它生起之后,圣弟子的五种怖畏与怨敌便止息了。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – ārati nāma pāpe ādīnavadassāvino manasā eva anabhirati. Virati nāma kammadvāravasena kāyavācāhi viramaṇaṃ, sā cesā virati nāma sampattavirati, samādānavirati, samucchedaviratīti tividhā hoti, tattha yā kulaputtassa attano jātiṃ vā kulaṃ vā gottaṃ vā paṭicca ‘‘na me etaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ imaṃ pāṇaṃ haneyyaṃ, adinnaṃ ādiyeyya’’ntiādinā nayena sampattavatthuto virati, ayaṃ sampattavirati nāma. Sikkhāpadasamādānavasena pavattā samādānavirati nāma, yassā pavattito pabhuti kulaputto pāṇātipātādīni na karoti. Ariyamaggasampayuttā samucchedavirati nāma, yassā pavattito pabhuti ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti. Pāpaṃ nāma yaṃ taṃ ‘‘pāṇātipāto kho, gahapatiputta, kammakileso, adinnādānaṃ…pe… kāmesumicchācāro…pe… musāvādo’’ti evaṃ vitthāretvā –
‘‘Pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ, musāvādo ca vuccati; Paradāragamanañceva, nappasaṃsanti paṇḍitā’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.245) –
如此,这首偈颂概括了称为业染污的四种不善。远离、戒绝这些恶行,所有的这种远离与戒绝,由于能获得现法利益、来世脱离怖畏与怨恨等种种殊胜成就,故称为吉祥。此处还应忆念这样的经文:‘居士子,圣弟子远离杀生……’等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ gāthāya saṅgahitaṃ kammakilesasaṅkhātaṃ catubbidhaṃ akusalaṃ, tato pāpā. Sabbāpesā ārati ca virati ca diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikabhayaverappahānādinānappakāravisesādhigamahetuto maṅgalanti vuccati. ‘‘Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato kho, gahapatiputta, ariyasāvako’’tiādīni cettha suttāni anussaritabbāni.
于饮酒中自制,即是前文所说的远离导致放逸的谷酒、果酒等酒类之戒。然而,饮酒之人不知义利,不知法,为母亲作障碍,为父亲作障碍,甚至为佛陀、独觉佛、如来弟子作障碍;现法中受人呵责,来世堕入恶趣,后世更得癫狂。而从饮酒中自制,则能平息这些过患,获得相反的功德。因此,这种从饮酒中自制,应知是吉祥。显示巴利原文
Majjapānā saṃyamo nāma pubbe vuttasurāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyā evetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yasmā pana majjapāyī atthaṃ na jānāti, dhammaṃ na jānāti, mātu antarāyaṃ karoti, pitu buddhapaccekabuddhatathāgatasāvakānampi antarāyaṃ karoti, diṭṭheva dhamme garahaṃ samparāye duggatiṃ aparāpariye ummādañca pāpuṇāti. Majjapānā pana saṃyamo tesaṃ dosānaṃ vūpasamaṃ tabbiparītaguṇasampadañca pāpuṇāti. Tasmā ayaṃ majjapānā saṃyamo maṅgalanti veditabbo.
于善法中不放逸,即指:‘于善法的修习中,不恭敬而作、不持续而作、不稳固而作,退缩,舍弃欲,舍弃重任,不亲近,不修习,不多修,不决意,不勤行——此为放逸。凡是这样的放逸、放逸的状态、已处于放逸的情形,这称为放逸。’(《分别论》846)这里所说的放逸的对立面,从意义而言,即是于诸善法中不迷惑、不忘失念的不放逸。它因为能证得种种善法,并证得不死涅槃的缘故,故称为吉祥。此处应忆念导师的教导:‘不放逸者、热忱者……’(中部2.18等)、‘不放逸是不死道’(法句21)等。显示巴利原文
Kusalesu dhammesu appamādo nāma ‘‘kusalānaṃ vā dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asakkaccakiriyatā, asātaccakiriyatā, anaṭṭhitakiriyatā, olīnavuttitā, nikkhittachandatā, nikkhittadhuratā, anāsevanā, abhāvanā, abahulīkammaṃ, anadhiṭṭhānaṃ, ananuyogo, pamādo. Yo evarūpo pamādo pamajjanā pamajjitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati pamādo’’ti (vibha. 846). Ettha vuttassa pamādassa paṭipakkhavasena atthato kusalesu dhammesu satiyā avippavāso veditabbo. So nānappakārakusalādhigamahetuto amatādhigamahetuto ca maṅgalanti vuccati . Tattha ‘‘appamattassa ātāpino’’ti ca (ma. ni. 2.18; a. ni. 5.26), ‘‘appamādo amataṃ pada’’nti ca, evamādi (dha. pa. 21) satthu sāsanaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.
如此,此偈宣说了三种吉祥:远离诸恶、节制饮酒、于善法中不放逸。而此三者的吉祥之义,已于前文各处分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya pāpā virati, majjapānā saṃyamo, kusalesu dhammesu appamādoti tīṇi maṅgalāni vuttāni. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
至此,「远离」等偈的义释结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā āratīti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
「恭敬」等偈的注释。显示巴利原文
Gāravocātigāthāvaṇṇanā
9 现在解释「恭敬」等词。「恭敬」指尊崇之相。「谦下」指谦逊的举止。「知足」指满足。「知恩」指了知他人所施的恩惠。「适时」指适当的时机。「听法」指听闻佛法。其余如前所述。此为词句注释。显示巴利原文
9. Idāni gāravo cāti ettha gāravoti garubhāvo. Nivātoti nīcavuttitā. Santuṭṭhīti santoso . Katassa jānanatā kataññutā. Kālenāti khaṇena samayena. Dhammassa savanaṃ dhammassavanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
义释应如是理解:所谓“恭敬”,是指在应受尊重恭敬的对象——诸如佛陀、独觉佛、如来弟子、老师、亲教师、父母、年长的兄弟、姊妹等中,随宜表示尊重、行尊重、具足恭敬。而此恭敬,正是趣向善趣等之因。如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – gāravo nāma garukārappayogārahesu buddhapaccekabuddhatathāgatasāvakaācariyupajjhāyamātāpitujeṭṭhakabhātikabhaginīādīsu yathānurūpaṃ garukāro garukaraṇaṃ sagāravatā. Sa cāyaṃ gāravo yasmā sugatigamanādīnaṃ hetu. Yathāha –
他恭敬应恭敬者,尊敬应尊敬者,供养应供养者。他以如此圆满、如此受持之业,于身坏命终后,往生善趣、天界。若不以身业……往生,而得人身,则无论生于何处,皆成高贵种姓者。显示巴利原文
‘‘Garukātabbaṃ garuṃ karoti, mānetabbaṃ māneti, pūjetabbaṃ pūjeti. So tena kammena evaṃ samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. No ce kāyassa…pe… upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati, yattha yattha paccājāyati, uccākulīno hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.295).
又如经中说:“诸比丘,有七种不退法。哪七种?即恭敬导师……”因此,恭敬称为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Yathā cāha – ‘‘sattime, bhikkhave, aparihāniyā dhammā. Katame satta? Satthugāravatā’’tiādi (a. ni. 7.33), tasmā maṅgalanti vuccati.
「谦下」是指心性谦逊、态度柔顺。具足此德的人,慢心已除,骄矜已灭,如同擦脚布、如同断了角的牛、如同被拔去毒牙的蛇,温和、友善、言语令人悦意,这便是「谦下」。因为它是获得名声等功德的因,所以称为吉祥。经中也说:“举止谦下而不傲慢,如是之人获得名声”等等。显示巴利原文
Nivāto nāma nīcamanatā nivātavuttitā, yāya samannāgato puggalo nihatamāno nihatadappo pādapuñchanakacoḷasadiso chinnavisāṇausabhasamo uddhaṭadāṭhasappasamo ca hutvā saṇho sakhilo sukhasambhāso hoti, ayaṃ nivāto. Svāyaṃ yasādiguṇappaṭilābhahetuto maṅgalanti vuccati. Āha ca ‘‘nivātavutti atthaddho, tādiso labhate yasa’’nti evamādi (dī. ni. 3.273).
「知足」是指对任何资具都感到满足。它共有十二种,即:对于袈裟,有随所得知足、随力知足、随适宜知足三种;对于团食等其余资具,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Santuṭṭhi nāma itarītarapaccayasantoso, so dvādasavidho hoti. Seyyathidaṃ – cīvare yathālābhasantoso, yathābalasantoso, yathāsāruppasantosoti tividho. Evaṃ piṇḍapātādīsu.
以下是关于它的分类解释。在此,有比丘得到袈裟,不论殊好或粗劣,他便以此袈裟安住,不贪求其他,即使再得到也不取用。这称为他在袈裟上的「随所得知足」。又有比丘身患疾病,披着厚重的袈裟时便感沉重、疲累。他与一位志同道合的比丘交换后,穿着轻便的袈裟而安住,这样他也同样是知足的。这称为他在袈裟上的「随力知足」。另有一位是能获得殊胜资具的比丘,他得到布匹等贵重的袈裟后,心想:‘这适合长老、久出家者和多闻者’,便施与他们,自己则从垃圾堆等处收集各处破布,缝制成僧伽梨衣而受持,这样他也同样是知足的。这称为他在袈裟上的「随适宜知足」。显示巴利原文
Tassāyaṃ pabhedavaṇṇanā – idha bhikkhu cīvaraṃ labhati sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ vā. So teneva yāpeti, aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa cīvare yathālābhasantoso. Atha pana bhikkhu ābādhiko hoti, garuṃ cīvaraṃ pārupanto oṇamati vā kilamati vā, so sabhāgena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ taṃ parivattetvā lahukena yāpentopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa cīvare yathābalasantoso. Aparo bhikkhu paṇītapaccayalābhī hoti, so paṭṭacīvarādīnaṃ aññataraṃ mahagghaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā ‘‘idaṃ therānaṃ cirapabbajitānaṃ bahussutānañca anurūpa’’nti tesaṃ datvā attanā saṅkārakūṭā vā aññato vā kutoci nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭiṃ karitvā dhārentopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa cīvare yathāsāruppasantoso.
又在此,有一位比丘得到团食,或粗或精。他便以此维生,不希求其他,即便获得也不取用。这名为他在团食上的“随所得知足”。又,有一位比丘生病,食粗劣团食后引发重病苦痛,他便将团食给予同类比丘,而从对方手中取酥油、蜂蜜、牛乳等受用,随后继续修习沙门法,他依然知足。这名为他在团食上的“随力知足”。又另一位比丘得到精好团食,他心想:“这团食适合长老、久出家者,以及那些没有精好团食便无法维持生活的同梵行者。”于是便给了他们,自己则入村乞食,食杂拌之食,他依然知足。这名为他在团食上的“随适宜知足”。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ labhati lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, so teneva yāpeti, aññaṃ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathālābhasantoso. Atha pana bhikkhu ābādhiko hoti, lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā gāḷhaṃ rogātaṅkaṃ pāpuṇāti, so taṃ sabhāgassa bhikkhuno datvā tassa hatthato sappimadhukhīrādīni bhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathābalasantoso. Aparo bhikkhu paṇītaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ labhati, so ‘‘ayaṃ piṇḍapāto therānaṃ cirapabbajitānaṃ aññesañca paṇītapiṇḍapātaṃ vinā ayāpentānaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ anurūpo’’ti tesaṃ datvā attanā piṇḍāya caritvā missakāhāraṃ bhuñjantopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa piṇḍapāte yathāsāruppasantoso.
又在此,有一位比丘获得坐卧具。他仅对此感到满足,即使后来得到其他更美好的坐卧具,他也不取。这名为他在坐卧具上的“随所得知足”。又,有一位比丘生病,住在不通风的坐卧具处,因此被胆病等折磨得极为剧烈。他便将那住处给予同类比丘,自己住进对方所获通风清凉的坐卧具,随后继续修习沙门法,他依然知足。这名为他在坐卧具上的“随力知足”。又另一位比丘,虽得美好坐卧具,却不接受,心想:“美好坐卧具是放逸懈怠之处,坐在那里便会陷入昏沉与睡眠,被睡眠征服后,一旦醒来,欲寻即会在心中生起。”他拒斥那样的坐卧具后,便住在露天处、树下、叶屋等任何地方,他依然知足。这名为他在坐卧具上的“随适宜知足”。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ pāpuṇāti. So teneva santussati, puna aññaṃ sundaratarampi pāpuṇantaṃ na gaṇhāti, ayamassa senāsane yathālābhasantoso. Atha pana bhikkhu ābādhiko hoti, nivātasenāsane vasanto ativiya pittarogādīhi āturīyati. So taṃ sabhāgassa bhikkhuno datvā tassa pāpuṇane savāte sītalasenāsane vasitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa senāsane yathābalasantoso. Aparo bhikkhu sundaraṃ senāsanaṃ pattampi na sampaṭicchati ‘‘sundarasenāsanaṃ pamādaṭṭhānaṃ, tatra nisinnassa thinamiddhaṃ okkamati, niddābhibhūtassa ca puna paṭibujjhato kāmavitakko samudācaratī’’ti. So taṃ paṭikkhipitvā ajjhokāsarukkhamūlapaṇṇakuṭīsu yattha katthaci nivasantopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa senāsane yathāsāruppasantoso.
又在此,有一位比丘得到药物,如诃梨勒或庵摩勒。他便以此维生,即便知道别人得到酥油、蜂蜜、糖浆等,也不希求,即便获得也不取。这名为他在病缘药上的“随所得知足”。又,有一位比丘生病,需要油却得到糖浆,他便将那糖浆给予同类比丘,从对方手中取得油,以油制成药物,随后继续修习沙门法,他依然知足。这名为他在病缘药上的“随力知足”。又另一位比丘,有人在一容器中放好腐尿诃梨勒,在另一容器中放好四甘药,并对他说:“尊者,请随意取用所需。”如果他的病用这两种药中任何一种都能痊愈,此时他心想:“所谓腐尿诃梨勒,是为佛陀等圣者所称叹的。”又忆念:“依止腐尿药而出家,于此,你应当尽形寿精进努力,这是佛所宣说的。”于是他拒绝四甘药,唯以腐尿诃梨勒治病,成为最极知足的人。这名为他在病缘药上的“随适宜知足”。显示巴利原文
Idha pana bhikkhu bhesajjaṃ labhati harītakaṃ vā āmalakaṃ vā. So teneva yāpeti, aññehi laddhasappimadhuphāṇitādimpi na pattheti, labhantopi na gaṇhāti, ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathālābhasantoso. Atha pana bhikkhu ābādhiko hoti, telenatthiko phāṇitaṃ labhati, so taṃ sabhāgassa bhikkhuno datvā tassa hatthato telena bhesajjaṃ katvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontopi santuṭṭhova hoti, ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathābalasantoso. Aparo bhikkhu ekasmiṃ bhājane pūtimuttaharītakaṃ ṭhapetvā ekasmiṃ catumadhuraṃ ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhante, yadicchasī’’ti vuccamāno sacassa tesaṃ dvinnamaññatarenapi byādhi vūpasammati, atha ‘‘pūtimuttaharītakaṃ nāma buddhādīhi vaṇṇita’’nti ca ‘‘pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyoti vutta’’nti (mahāva. 128) ca cintento catumadhurabhesajjaṃ paṭikkhipitvā pūtimuttaharītakena bhesajjaṃ karontopi paramasantuṭṭhova hoti. Ayamassa gilānapaccaye yathāsāruppasantoso.
如此种种,总称为“知足”或“知足性”。应知,它能成为断除多欲、大欲、恶欲等不善法的因,能成为得生善趣的因,能成为圣道资粮的因,也能成为四方无碍等状态的因,故是一种吉祥。经中曾这样说道:显示巴利原文
Evaṃpabhedo sabbopeso santoso santuṭṭhīti vuccati. Sā atricchatāmahicchatāpāpicchatādīnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ pahānādhigamahetuto, sugatihetuto, ariyamaggasambhārabhāvato, cātuddisādibhāvahetuto ca maṅgalanti veditabbā. Āha ca –
“他是四方无碍、无有嗔恚者,
于诸所得知足,随遇而安。”如这些等。(《经集》第42偈)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti, Santussamāno itarītarenā’’ti. evamādi (su. ni. 42);
所谓「知恩」,是指对他人所施的任何恩惠,无论多少,能反复忆念、铭记不忘,这就是知恩。再者,由于福德能从地狱等痛苦中救度众生,因此只有福德才是对众生有大恩德的。忆念这些福德的恩惠,也应知为「知恩」。知恩能获得种种功德与殊胜,如被善士称赞等,故为吉祥。如经中所说:「比丘们!世间有两种人难得。哪两种?一是主动施恩者,二是知恩感恩者。」(《增支部》2.120)显示巴利原文
Kataññutā nāma appassa vā bahussa vā yena kenaci katassa upakārassa punappunaṃ anussaraṇabhāvena jānanatā. Apica nerayikādidukkhaparittāṇato puññāni eva pāṇīnaṃ bahūpakārāni, tato tesampi upakārānussaraṇatā kataññutāti veditabbā. Sā sappurisehi pasaṃsanīyādinānappakāravisesādhigamahetuto maṅgalanti vuccati. Āha ca ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. Katame dve? Yo ca pubbakārī yo ca kataññū katavedī’’ti (a. ni. 2.120).
所谓「适时听法」:当内心生起掉举,或被欲寻等某种烦恼所压制时,为了驱除这些烦恼而听法,这就是适时听法。也有人说:「每隔五天听一次法,便是适时听法。」正如阿那律长老所说:「尊者,我们每隔五天,便整夜共坐论法。」(《中部》1.327;《律藏·大品》466)显示巴利原文
Kālena dhammassavanaṃ nāma yasmiṃ kāle uddhaccasahagataṃ cittaṃ hoti, kāmavitakkādīnaṃ vā aññatarena abhibhūtaṃ, tasmiṃ kāle tesaṃ vinodanatthaṃ dhammassavanaṃ. Apare āhu ‘‘pañcame pañcame divase dhammassavanaṃ kālena dhammassavanaṃ nāma. Yathāha āyasmā anuruddho ‘pañcāhikaṃ kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, sabbarattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdāmā’’’ti (ma. ni. 1.327; mahāva. 466).
此外,在亲近善友后,能听闻到消除自身疑惑的法,此时听法也应知为「适时听法」。正如所说:「他适时地亲近、遍问、遍询……」等(《长部》3.358)。应知这种适时听法,乃是断除五盖、成就四种利益、灭尽诸漏等种种殊胜证得的因,故为吉祥。对此曾有如是说:显示巴利原文
Apica yasmiṃ kāle kalyāṇamitte upasaṅkamitvā sakkā hoti attano kaṅkhāvinodakaṃ dhammaṃ sotuṃ, tasmiṃ kālepi dhammassavanaṃ kālena dhammassavananti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha ‘‘te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhatī’’tiādi (dī. ni. 3.358). Tadetaṃ kālena dhammassavanaṃ nīvaraṇappahānacaturānisaṃsaāsavakkhayādinānappakāravisesādhigamahetuto maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“比丘们,当圣弟子作骨、作意、以全心作意、倾耳听法时,那时他的五盖便不存在。”(《相应部》5.219)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yasmiṃ , bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti, pañcassa nīvaraṇā tasmiṃ samaye na hontī’’ti ca (saṃ. ni. 5.219).
“比丘们,对于随入于耳的法……乃至善通达的法,可期望有四种利益。”(《增支部》4.191)显示巴利原文
‘‘Sotānugatānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ…pe… suppaṭividdhānaṃ cattāro ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti ca (a. ni. 4.191).
“比丘们,有此四种法,若常适时正确修习、正确随转,便能渐次导向诸漏灭尽。哪四种?适时听法……等”如此说。(《增支部》4.147)显示巴利原文
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā kālena kālaṃ sammā bhāviyamānā sammā anuparivattiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpenti. Katame cattāro? Kālena dhammassavana’’nti ca evamādi (a. ni. 4.147).
如是,此偈颂中,“恭敬”、“谦恭”、“知足”、“知恩”与“适时听法”──这五种吉祥已作说明,而它们的吉祥之义,于各处也已解释清楚了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya gāravo, nivāto, santuṭṭhi, kataññutā, kālena dhammassavananti pañca maṅgalāni vuttāni. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
“恭敬与……”这首偈颂的义注,至此结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā gāravo cāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
对於「忍耐等」这首偈颂的义注。显示巴利原文
Khantīcātigāthāvaṇṇanā
10 现在,在“khantī ca”(忍耐与)这一句中,“khanti”(忍耐)是安忍的意思。由于善纳忠告、容易交谈,故为“suvaco”(易受教);易受教的行为即是“sovacassaṃ”(易受教行),易受教的状态即是“sovacassatā”(易受教性)。因为烦恼已寂灭,故称为“samaṇā”(沙门)。“dassanaṃ”(见)指观看。法的讨论为“dhammasākacchā”(法谈)。其余如前所述。这是词句注释。显示巴利原文
10. Idāni khantī cāti ettha khamanaṃ khanti. Padakkhiṇaggāhitāya sukhaṃ vaco asminti suvaco, suvacassa kammaṃ sovacassaṃ, sovacassassa bhāvo sovacassatā. Kilesānaṃ samitattā samaṇā. Dassananti pekkhanaṃ. Dhammassa sākacchā dhammasākacchā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti. Ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
然而,义理的注释应如此了知:‘忍耐’即是安忍。具足这种忍耐的比丘,即使被他人以十种骂詈事辱骂,或以杀害、捆绑等方式加害时,对于那加害者,他也如同不闻不见一般,无动于衷,一如忍辱论者。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – khanti nāma adhivāsanakkhanti, tāya samannāgato bhikkhu dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosante vadhabandhādīhi vā vihesante puggale asuṇanto viya apassanto viya ca nibbikāro hoti khantivādī viya. Yathāha –
往昔久远之时,有沙门宣说忍辱,
他安住于忍辱之中,迦尸王却割截了他。(《本生》1.4.51)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahu atītamaddhānaṃ, samaṇo khantidīpano; Taṃ khantiyāyeva ṭhitaṃ, kāsirājā achedayī’’ti. (jā. 1.4.51);
或者,他作意‘这是善的’,因为对方没有更进一步的过失,就如同具寿富楼那尊者一般。正如他所说的:显示巴利原文
Bhadrakato vā manasi karoti tato uttari aparādhābhāvena āyasmā puṇṇatthero viya. Yathāha so –
‘尊者!如果输那巴兰答的人们辱骂我、诽谤我,那时我会这样想:“这些输那巴兰答人真是善的,这些输那巴兰答人真是极善的,因为他们没有用手打我。”’等等。(《中部》3.396;《相应部》4.88)显示巴利原文
‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti paribhāsissanti, tattha me evaṃ bhavissati ‘bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ me nayime pāṇinā pahāraṃ dentī’’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.396; saṃ. ni. 4.88).
具足此忍耐的人,乃至诸仙亦会称叹。正如萨罗邦伽仙人所说:显示巴利原文
Yāya ca samannāgato isīnampi pasaṃsanīyo hoti. Yathāha sarabhaṅgo isi –
‘此忍耐,寂静者说为最上。’(《本生》2.17.64)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kodhaṃ vadhitvā na kadāci socati, Makkhappahānaṃ isayo vaṇṇayanti; Sabbesaṃ vuttaṃ pharusaṃ khametha, Etaṃ khantiṃ uttamamāhu santo’’ti. (jā. 2.17.64);
他也为天神所称叹。正如天神之王帝释所说:显示巴利原文
Devatānampi pasaṃsanīyo hoti. Yathāha sakko devānamindo –
确实,具力的寂静者,能忍耐弱者;
他们称此为最上安忍,弱者则常忍让。(《相应部》1.250-251)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo have balavā santo, dubbalassa titikkhati; Tamāhu paramaṃ khantiṃ, niccaṃ khamati dubbalo’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.250-251);
亦为诸佛所称叹。正如世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Buddhānampi pasaṃsanīyo hoti. Yathāha bhagavā –
面对责骂、杀害与捆缚,无嗔者能安忍;
以忍耐为力、以力为军队者,我称他为婆罗门。”(《法句》399)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akkosaṃ vadhabandhañca, aduṭṭho yo titikkhati; Khantībalaṃ balāṇīkaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa’’nti. (dha. pa. 399);
而此忍耐,以及此处所赞叹的这些及其他种种功德,由于是成就这些功德的因,故应知为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Sā panesā khanti etesañca idha vaṇṇitānaṃ aññesañca guṇānaṃ adhigamahetuto maṅgalanti veditabbā.
所谓‘易受教’,是指当同梵行者依法劝诫时,不陷入散乱、沉默或计较功德过失,而是极怀恭敬、尊重与谦下,应声‘善哉’而遵行。这因能获得同梵行者的教诫与训示,并能断除过失、成就功德,故称为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Sovacassatā nāma sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāne vikkhepaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvaṃ vā guṇadosacintanaṃ vā anāpajjitvā ativiya ādarañca gāravañca nīcamanatañca purakkhatvā sādhūti vacanakaraṇatā. Sā sabrahmacārīnaṃ santikā ovādānusāsanippaṭilābhahetuto dosappahānaguṇādhigamahetuto ca maṅgalanti vuccati.
所谓“见沙门”,即亲近、侍奉、忆念、听闻、看望那些已止息烦恼,修习身、语、意及智慧,具足最上等调御与寂静的出家者。所有这些,在简要的开示中统称为“见”。应知这就是「吉祥」。为何呢?因为它有广大的利益。正如世尊所说:“比丘们,我说,见到那些比丘有大利益。”(《如是语》104)因此,一个希求利益的善男子,见到持戒的比丘来到自家门口时,若自己正好有可布施之物,就应尽己力以诸物款待他们;若无物可施,就应以五体投地顶礼;若还做不到,便合掌致敬;若依旧不行,也当以清净心、以慈爱之眼注视他们。确实,以此“见沙门”为根基的功德,能令人在几千生中,眼睛不患眼病、灼痛、增盛或疮疣,而得一双清净明亮、闪耀五色光辉的眼睛,宛如天宫中敞开的宝窗那般庄严,并且能在长达十万劫的时间里,持续在天界与人间获得种种成就。这毫不稀奇:一个投生为人、拥有智慧根性的人,通过正确地修习由见沙门所成就的功德,便能享受到如此的果报成就。要知道,即便……显示巴利原文
Samaṇānaṃ dassanaṃ nāma upasamitakilesānaṃ bhāvitakāyavacīcittapaññānaṃ uttamadamathasamathasamannāgatānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ upasaṅkamanupaṭṭhānānussaraṇassavanadassanaṃ, sabbampi omakadesanāya dassananti vuttaṃ, taṃ maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ. Kasmā? Bahūpakārattā. Āha ca ‘‘dassanampahaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahūpakāraṃ vadāmī’’tiādi (itivu. 104). Yato hitakāmena kulaputtena sīlavante bhikkhū gharadvāraṃ sampatte disvā yadi deyyadhammo atthi, yathābalaṃ deyyadhammena patimānetabbā. Yadi natthi, pañcapatiṭṭhitaṃ katvā vanditabbā. Tasmimpi asampajjamāne añjaliṃ paggahetvā namassitabbā, tasmimpi asampajjamāne pasannacittena piyacakkhūhi sampassitabbā. Evaṃ dassanamūlakenapi hi puññena anekāni jātisahassāni cakkhumhi rogo vā dāho vā ussadā vā piḷakā vā na honti, vippasannapañcavaṇṇasassirikāni honti cakkhūni ratanavimāne ugghāṭitamaṇikavāṭasadisāni, satasahassakappamattaṃ devesu ca manussesu ca sampattīnaṃ lābhī hoti. Anacchariyañcetaṃ, yaṃ manussabhūto sappaññajātiko sammā pavattitena samaṇadassanamayena puññena evarūpaṃ vipākasampattiṃ anubhaveyya, yattha tiracchānagatānampi kevalaṃ saddhāmattakena katassa samaṇadassanassa evaṃ vipākasampattiṃ vaṇṇayanti.
那只名为“圆眼”的猫头鹰,长久住在名叫吠地亚迦的栏楯上;
这只名为柯西耶的猫头鹰真是快乐,他在夜半时分得见了最殊胜的佛陀。
对于我与无上的比丘僧团生起净信之后,
他在十万劫的漫长岁月中,都不会堕入恶道。
他由天界命终之后,为善业所催促,
他将成为具无量智、名为索玛纳萨(喜悦)的佛陀。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ulūko maṇḍalakkhiko, vediyake ciradīghavāsiko; Sukhito vata kosiyo ayaṃ, kāluṭṭhitaṃ passati buddhavaraṃ. ‘‘Mayi cittaṃ pasādetvā, bhikkhusaṅghe anuttare; Kappānaṃ satasahassāni, duggateso na gacchati. ‘‘Sa devalokā cavitvā, kusalakammena codito; Bhavissati anantañāṇo, somanassoti vissuto’’ti. (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.144);
所谓“适时论法”,是指在傍晚或清晨,两位通达经藏的比丘互相讨论经典,持律者讨论律藏,论师讨论阿毗达摩,诵持本生者讨论本生,通晓注释者讨论注释;或是在相应的时间,为净化陷于昏沉、掉举、疑等烦恼的心而进行的讨论。这便是适时论法,因其能成为通达圣典、善巧解释等功德的因,故被称为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Kālena dhammasākacchā nāma padose vā paccūse vā dve suttantikā bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ suttantaṃ sākacchanti, vinayadharā vinayaṃ, ābhidhammikā abhidhammaṃ, jātakabhāṇakā jātakaṃ, aṭṭhakathikā aṭṭhakathaṃ, līnuddhatavicikicchāparetacittavisodhanatthaṃ vā tamhi tamhi kāle sākacchanti, ayaṃ kālena dhammasākacchā. Sā āgamabyattiādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ hetuto maṅgalanti vuccatīti.
如此,在这首偈颂中阐述了忍耐、柔顺、亲近沙门与适时论法这四种吉祥。至于它们为何被称为吉祥,其义已在前文各处分别阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya khanti, sovacassatā, samaṇadassanaṃ, kālena dhammasākacchāti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
关于“Tapo cā”等偈颂的义注显示巴利原文
Tapocātigāthāvaṇṇanā
11 现在解释“tapo cā”(苦行与……):“苦行”(tapo),因它能燃烧(tapatī)诸恶法,故名苦行。“梵行”(brahmacariya)是清净之行,或诸梵天所行,即最殊胜之行。“见圣谛”(ariyasaccānaṃ dassana)即见诸圣谛;也有人写作“见诸圣谛”,那并不妥当。“涅槃”(nibbāna)是出离了渴爱(vāna);“作证”(sacchikiriyā)即亲证;对涅槃的亲证,就是“涅槃作证”。其余在此处义理显然。以上是词句注释。显示巴利原文
11. Idāni tapo cāti ettha pāpake dhamme tapatīti tapo. Brahmaṃ cariyaṃ, brahmānaṃ vā cariyaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, seṭṭhacariyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ariyasaccānaṃ dassanaṃ ariyasaccānadassanaṃ, ariyasaccāni dassanantipi eke, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Nikkhantaṃ vānatoti nibbānaṃ, sacchikaraṇaṃ sacchikiriyā, nibbānassa sacchikiriyā nibbānasacchikiriyā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
而义注应如此理解:“苦行”,即由燃烧贪忧等而成就的根律仪,或由燃烧懈怠而成就的精进。具足此二者之人,名为“热诚者”。应知,它是舍弃贪忧等、证得禅那等的因,故称为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – tapo nāma abhijjhādomanassādīnaṃ tapanato indriyasaṃvaro , kosajjassa vā tapanato vīriyaṃ, tehi samannāgato puggalo ātāpīti vuccati. Svāyaṃ abhijjhādippahānajhānādippaṭilābhahetuto maṅgalanti veditabbo.
“梵行”一词,是远离淫欲、沙门法、教法与道的同义语。例如,在“断除非梵行后,成为梵行者”(《长部》1.194;《中部》1.292)等经文中,远离淫欲便被称为梵行。在“贤友,你们在世尊座下修梵行吗?——是的,贤友”(《中部》1.257)等经文中,沙门的行为规范被称为梵行。在“波旬,只要我这梵行尚未成就、增盛、广布、流布于众人之中,我便不般涅槃”(《长部》2.168;《相应部》5.822;《小部·优陀那》51)等经文中,佛陀的教法被称为梵行。在“比丘,这八支圣道即是梵行,也就是正见等”(《相应部》5.6)等经文中,道被称为梵行。然而在这里,由于见圣谛已包含了后文所说的道,其余的一切含义也都适用。应知,由于能次第证得种种殊胜成就,故称为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Brahmacariyaṃ nāma methunaviratisamaṇadhammasāsanamaggānamadhivacanaṃ. Tathā hi ‘‘abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hotī’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 1.194; ma. ni. 1.292) methunavirati brahmacariyanti vuccati. ‘‘Bhagavati no, āvuso, brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti? Evamāvuso’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.257) samaṇadhammo. ‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujañña’’nti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 2.168; saṃ. ni. 5.822; udā. 51) sāsanaṃ. ‘‘Ayameva kho, bhikkhu, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo brahmacariyaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhī’’ti evamādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.6) maggo. Idha pana ariyasaccadassanena parato maggassa saṅgahitattā avasesaṃ sabbampi vaṭṭati. Tañcetaṃ uparūpari nānappakāravisesādhigamahetuto maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ.
“见圣谛”是指通过现观《童子问经》中所说的四圣谛而获得的道见。因为它是超越轮回之苦的原因,故说为吉祥。显示巴利原文
Ariyasaccāna dassanaṃ nāma kumārapañhe vuttānaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ abhisamayavasena maggadassanaṃ, taṃ saṃsāradukkhavītikkamahetuto maṅgalanti vuccati.
此处所说的“涅槃作证”,是以阿拉汉果为涅槃。因为它从那名为渴爱、编织着五趣的“缝线”中脱离出来,故称涅槃。证得它,或省察它,即称为“作证”。至于其他涅槃的作证,已由“见圣谛”成就,所以此处不指涉它。应知,这种涅槃作证因为能带来现法乐住等利益,故是吉祥。显示巴利原文
Nibbānasacchikiriyā nāma idha arahattaphalaṃ nibbānanti adhippetaṃ. Tampi hi pañcagativānanena vānasaññitāya taṇhāya nikkhantattā nibbānanti vuccati. Tassa patti vā paccavekkhaṇā vā sacchikiriyāti vuccati. Itarassa pana nibbānassa ariyasaccānaṃ dassaneneva sacchikiriyā siddhā, tenetaṃ idha nādhippetaṃ. Evamesā nibbānasacchikiriyā diṭṭhadhammikasukhavihārādihetuto maṅgalanti veditabbā.
如此,这首偈颂中阐述了苦行、梵行、见圣谛、证悟涅槃这四种吉祥。此四种吉祥各自的吉祥性,在前面各处也已分别说明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya tapo brahmacariyaṃ, ariyasaccānaṃ dassanaṃ, nibbānasacchikiriyāti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
“苦行已毕”等偈颂的义注,至此结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā tapo cāti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
关于‘Phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehi’偈颂的义注显示巴利原文
Phuṭṭhassalokadhammehītigāthāvaṇṇanā
12 现在解释“已触及世间法”(phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehi)一句:这里的“phuṭṭhassa”意为已触、已接触、已遭遇。“世间法”(loke dhammā)指只要世间延续便无法回避的法。“心”(cittaṃ)指心、意、意识。“其”(yassa)指无论是新学比丘、中年比丘还是长老比丘。“不动摇”(na kampati)意为不摇动、不晃动、不颤抖。“无忧”(asokaṃ)意为无忧,已拔除忧箭。“离尘”(virajaṃ)意为离尘,已摧毁尘垢。“安稳”(khemaṃ)意为安稳、无畏、无灾祸。其余义理如前所述。这是词句的注释。显示巴利原文
12. Idāni phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehīti ettha phuṭṭhassāti phusitassa chupitassa sampattassa. Loke dhammā lokadhammā, yāva lokappavatti, tāva anivattakā dhammāti vuttaṃ hoti. Cittanti mano mānasaṃ. Yassāti navassa vā majjhimassa vā therassa vā. Na kampatīti na calati na vedhati. Asokanti nissokaṃ abbūḷhasokasallaṃ. Virajanti vigatarajaṃ viddhaṃsitarajaṃ. Khemanti abhayaṃ nirupaddavaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā.
至于义释,应当这样理解——“phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehi cittaṃ yassa na kampati”:当一个人为利得、不利得等八种世间法所触、所覆蔽时,他的心不动摇、不晃动、不颤抖。这样的心,因为能带来不为任何事物所动摇的出世间境界,故应知这就是吉祥。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehi cittaṃyassana kampati nāma yassa lābhālābhādīhi aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi phuṭṭhassa ajjhotthaṭassa cittaṃ na kampati na calati na vedhati, tassa taṃ cittaṃ kenaci akampanīyalokuttamabhāvāvahanato maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ.
是谁的心为这些所触而不动摇呢?是阿拉汉、漏尽者的心,而非其他任何人的。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Kassa ca etehi phuṭṭhassa cittaṃ na kampatīti? Arahato khīṇāsavassa, na aññassa kassaci. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“就像一整块坚固的岩石,风不能吹动它;(Selo yathā ekagghano, vātena na samīrati;)
同样,各种各样的色、声、香、味、触,(Evaṃ rūpā rasā saddā, gandhā phassā ca kevalā.)
令人喜爱的法、不令人喜爱的法,都不能使如如者动摇;(Iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca, na pavedhenti tādino;)
他的心已安住、已解脱,并且观察着事物的消亡。”(Ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ vippamuttaṃ, vayañcassānupassatīti.)(《大品》244)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Selo yathā ekagghano, vātena na samīrati; Evaṃ rūpā rasā saddā, gandhā phassā ca kevalā. ‘‘Iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca, na pavedhenti tādino; Ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ vippamuttaṃ, vayañcassānupassatī’’ti. (mahāva. 244);
“无忧”唯指漏尽者的心。这里所称的“忧”(soka),依照《分别论》237等处所说,即忧愁、悲伤、愁苦、内心忧恼、内心焦灼、心被燃烧等;由于远离了这些,故称无忧。有人说是指涅槃,但此说不合前后文义。如同“无忧”一样,“离尘”与“安稳”也唯指漏尽者的心。其心远离了贪嗔痴的尘垢,故为“离尘”;从四种轭中获得安稳,故为“安稳”。于一一刹那如此把握并宣说,这三种心能带来无再生的蕴等出世间法,并具应受供养等功德,当知即是“吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Asokaṃ nāma khīṇāsavasseva cittaṃ. Tañhi yvāyaṃ ‘‘soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko cetaso parinijjhāyitatta’’ntiādinā (vibha. 237) nayena vuccati soko, tassa abhāvato asokaṃ. Keci nibbānaṃ vadanti, taṃ purimapadena nānusandhiyati. Yathā ca asokaṃ, evaṃ virajaṃ khemantipi khīṇāsavasseva cittaṃ. Tañhi rāgadosamoharajānaṃ vigatattā virajaṃ, catūhi ca yogehi khemattā khemaṃ, yato etaṃ tena tenākārena tamhi tamhi pavattikkhaṇe gahetvā niddiṭṭhavasena tividhampi appavattakkhandhatādilokuttamabhāvāvahanato āhuneyyādibhāvāvahanato ca maṅgalanti veditabbaṃ.
如此,此偈颂中宣说了四种吉祥:触八世间法而不动之心、无忧之心、离尘之心、安稳之心。其吉祥之义已于各处阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imissā gāthāya aṭṭhalokadhammehi akampitacittaṃ, asokacittaṃ, virajacittaṃ, khemacittanti cattāri maṅgalāni vuttāni. Maṅgalattañca nesaṃ tattha tattha vibhāvitamevāti.
对“phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehī”一偈的义释至此结束。显示巴利原文
Niṭṭhitā phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehīti imissā gāthāya atthavaṇṇanā.
关于‘Etādisāni’等偈颂的义注显示巴利原文
Etādisānītigāthāvaṇṇanā
13 就这样,世尊以“不亲近愚者”等十首偈颂开示了三十八种大吉祥之后,为赞叹亲自宣说的这些吉祥,而说此结尾偈:“修习如是等吉祥……”显示巴利原文
13. Evaṃ bhagavā asevanā ca bālānantiādīhi dasahi gāthāhi aṭṭhatiṃsa mahāmaṅgalāni kathetvā idāni etāneva attanā vuttamaṅgalāni thunanto ‘‘etādisāni katvānā’’ti avasānagāthamabhāsi.
此偈释义如下:“etādisāni”(如是等),即如我前面所说的那些,从“不亲近愚者”等开始的种种吉祥。“katvānā”(已修),即已作、已修习之义。因为“katvāna”“katv┓karitvā”三者,字义并无差别。“sabbatthamaparājitā”(于一切处不为所败),指于一切处,在蕴魔、烦恼魔、诸行魔与天子魔这四种敌人中,不为其中任何一种所败,即自己战胜了那四种魔。当知句中“ma”音,仅为连缀用的衬字。显示巴利原文
Tassāyamatthavaṇṇanā – etādisānīti etāni īdisāni mayā vuttappakārāni bālānaṃ asevanādīni. Katvānāti katvā. Katvāna katvā karitvāti hi atthato anaññaṃ. Sabbatthamaparājitāti sabbattha khandhakilesābhisaṅkhāradevaputtamārappabhedesu catūsu paccatthikesu ekenāpi aparājitā hutvā, sayameva te cattāro māre parājetvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Makāro cettha padasandhikaramattoti viññātabbo.
“sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchanti”(于一切处安稳而行):指修习如是等吉祥后,不为四魔所败,于一切处——无论此世、他世,或行住坐卧等一切威仪中——皆安稳而行。由“亲近愚者”等所可能生起的烦恼、扰乱与热恼皆已无有,故得安稳而行;即无逼迫、无侵扰、安隐、无畏惧而行。当知句中带鼻音的音节,仅为令偈颂念诵顺口而添加。显示巴利原文
Sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchantīti etādisāni maṅgalāni katvā catūhi mārehi aparājitā hutvā sabbattha idhalokaparalokesu ṭhānacaṅkamanādīsu ca sotthiṃ gacchanti, bālasevanādīhi ye uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, tesaṃ abhāvā sotthiṃ gacchanti, anupaddutā anupasaṭṭhā khemino appaṭibhayā gacchantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Anunāsiko cettha gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ vuttoti veditabbo.
“Taṃ tesaṃ maṅgalamuttamaṃ”(那是他们的最上吉祥)——世尊以这句偈结束了开示。如何结束的呢?天子啊,凡是行持这些吉祥的人,由于他们在一切处皆得安稳,因此从“不亲近愚者”等开始的这三十八种吉祥,对于这般行持者,便是最上的吉祥,是最殊胜、最妙的吉祥,你应当这样领受。显示巴利原文
Taṃ tesaṃ maṅgalamuttamanti iminā gāthāpadena bhagavā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Kathaṃ? Evaṃ, devaputta, ye etādisāni karonti, te yasmā sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchanti, tasmā taṃ bālānaṃ asevanādiaṭṭhatiṃsavidhampi tesaṃ etādisakārakānaṃ maṅgalamuttamaṃ seṭṭhaṃ pavaranti gaṇhāhīti.
世尊如此结束开示,法会终了时,百千俱胝天众证得阿拉汉果;证得入流果、一来果、不来果者,其数无量,不可计算。第二日,世尊唤来阿难长老,说道:“阿难,昨夜有一位天人来至我所,问我吉祥之义,我便为他说了三十八种吉祥。阿难,你当受持此吉祥法门,受持之后教授诸比丘。”长老受持后,便教授了诸比丘。此法门经由师徒次第传续,乃至今日。应当如此了知:“此梵行如是成就、繁荣、广布、众多人天,乃至天与人之间皆被善巧宣说。”显示巴利原文
Evañca bhagavatā niṭṭhāpitāya desanāya pariyosāne koṭisatasahassadevatāyo arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalasampattānaṃ gaṇanā asaṅkhyeyyā ahosi. Atha bhagavā dutiyadivase ānandattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘imaṃ pana, ānanda, rattiṃ aññatarā devatā maṃ upasaṅkamitvā maṅgalapañhaṃ pucchi, athassāhaṃ aṭṭhatiṃsa maṅgalāni abhāsiṃ, uggaṇhāhi, ānanda, imaṃ maṅgalapariyāyaṃ, uggahetvā bhikkhū vācehī’’ti. Thero uggahetvā bhikkhū vācesi. Tayidaṃ ācariyaparamparāya ābhataṃ yāvajjatanā pavattati, ‘‘evamidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti veditabbaṃ.
现在,为使智慧于这些吉祥上熟悉通达,从最初作如下串联解说:如此,这些希求现世、来世及出世间安乐的众生,舍弃亲近愚人,依止智者,恭敬应供养者;以住适宜之地与往昔所造福德,在善法策励下正确地安立自己;以多闻、技艺与律仪庄严自身;说符合律仪的善语。只要尚未舍弃在家身份,便以奉养父母清偿旧债,以照顾妻儿运用新债;以不混乱之事业获得财谷等成就;以布施取得财富的精髓,以法行取得生命的精髓;以照顾亲族利益自方之人,以无过失之事业利益他人;以远离恶行避免害他,以节制饮酒避免害己;于诸善法以不放逸增长善聚。因善的增长,舍离家居相而安住出家状态后,亦以恭敬、谦下,于佛、佛弟子、和尚、阿阇梨等圆满履行义务;以知足断除对资具的贪著;以知恩立于善士之地;以听闻正法去除心的沉滞;以忍辱克服一切危难;以易受教令自身有所依怙;以见沙门睹修行精勤;以法谈除去诸可疑法之疑惑;以守护根门之苦行成就戒清净,以沙门法梵行成就心清净,进而成就其后四种清净。依此行持,以见圣谛证得智见清净。显示巴利原文
Idāni etesveva maṅgalesu ñāṇaparicayapāṭavatthaṃ ayamādito pabhuti yojanā – evamime idhalokaparalokalokuttarasukhakāmā sattā bālajanasevanaṃ pahāya, paṇḍite nissāya, pūjaneyye pūjetvā, patirūpadesavāsena pubbe ca katapuññatāya kusalappavattiyaṃ codiyamānā attānaṃ sammā paṇidhāya, bāhusaccasippavinayehi alaṅkatattabhāvā, vinayānurūpaṃ subhāsitaṃ bhāsamānā, yāva gihibhāvaṃ na vijahanti, tāva mātāpitūpaṭṭhānena porāṇaṃ iṇamūlaṃ visodhayamānā, puttadārasaṅgahena navaṃ iṇamūlaṃ payojayamānā, anākulakammantatāya dhanadhaññādisamiddhiṃ pāpuṇantā, dānena bhogasāraṃ dhammacariyāya jīvitasārañca gahetvā, ñātisaṅgahena sakajanahitaṃ anavajjakammantatāya parajanahitañca karontā, pāpaviratiyā parūpaghātaṃ majjapānasaṃyamena attūpaghātañca vivajjetvā, dhammesu appamādena kusalapakkhaṃ vaḍḍhetvā, vaḍḍhitakusalatāya gihibyañjanaṃ ohāya pabbajitabhāve ṭhitāpi buddhabuddhasāvakūpajjhāyācariyādīsu gāravena nivātena ca vattasampadaṃ ārādhetvā, santuṭṭhiyā paccayagedhaṃ pahāya, kataññutāya sappurisabhūmiyaṃ ṭhatvā, dhammassavanena cittalīnataṃ pahāya, khantiyā sabbaparissaye abhibhavitvā, sovacassatāya sanāthaṃ attānaṃ katvā, samaṇadassanena paṭipattipayogaṃ passantā, dhammasākacchāya kaṅkhāṭṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ vinodetvā, indriyasaṃvaratapena sīlavisuddhiṃ samaṇadhammabrahmacariyena cittavisuddhiṃ tato parā ca catasso visuddhiyo sampādentā , imāya paṭipadāya ariyasaccadassanapariyāyaṃ ñāṇadassanavisuddhiṃ patvā arahattaphalasaṅkhyaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikaronti, yaṃ sacchikaritvā sinerupabbato viya vātavuṭṭhīhi aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi avikampamānacittā asokā virajā khemino honti. Ye ca khemino honti, te sabbattha ekenapi aparājitā honti, sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchanti. Tenāha bhagavā –
修习了如是等吉祥之后,于一切处皆不被征服;
于一切处安稳而行,这便是他们最上的吉祥。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etādisāni katvāna, sabbatthamaparājitā; Sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchanti, taṃ tesaṃ maṅgalamuttama’’nti.